Novel pyrazolopyrimidines as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors

Abstract
In its many embodiments, the present invention provides a novel class of pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of cyclin dependent kinases, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more such compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention, inhibition, or amelioration of one or more diseases associated with the CDKs using such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions.
Description
FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors (such as for example, the inhibitors of the cyclin-dependent kinases, mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK/ERK), glycogen synthase kinase 3(GSK3beta) and the like), pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds, and methods of treatment using the compounds and compositions to treat diseases such as, for example, cancer, inflammation, arthritis, viral diseases, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease, cardiovascular diseases, and fungal diseases. This application claims benefit of priority from U.S. provisional patent applications, Ser. No. 60/408,027 filed Sep. 4, 2002, and Ser. No. 60/421,959 filed Oct. 29, 2002.


BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Protein kinase inhibitors include kinases such as, for example, the inhibitors of the cyclin-dependent kinases (CDKs), mitogen activated protein kinase (MAPK/ERK), glycogen synthase kinase 3 (GSK3beta), and the like. Protein kinase inhibitors are described, for example, by M. Hale et al in WO02/22610 A1 and by Y. Mettey et al in J. Med. Chem., (2003) 46 222-236. The cyclin-dependent kinases are serine/threonine protein kinases, which are the driving force behind the cell cycle and cell proliferation. Individual CDK's, such as, CDK1, CDK2, CDK3, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6 and CDK7, CDK8 and the like, perform distinct roles in cell cycle progression and can be classified as either G1, S, or G2M phase enzymes. Uncontrolled proliferation is a hallmark of cancer cells, and misregulation of CDK function occurs with high frequency in many important solid tumors. CDK2 and CDK4 are of particular interest because their activities are frequently misregulated in a wide variety of human cancers. CDK2 activity is required for progression through G1 to the S phase of the cell cycle, and CDK2 is one of the key components of the G1 checkpoint. Checkpoints serve to maintain the proper sequence of cell cycle events and allow the cell to respond to insults or to proliferative signals, while the loss of proper checkpoint control in cancer cells contributes to tumorgenesis. The CDK2 pathway influences tumorgenesis at the level of tumor suppressor function (e.g. p52, RB, and p27) and oncogene activation (cyclin E). Many reports have demonstrated that both the coactivator, cyclin E, and the inhibitor, p27, of CDK2 are either over- or underexpressed, respectively, in breast, colon, nonsmall cell lung, gastric, prostate, bladder, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, ovarian, and other cancers. Their altered expression has been shown to correlate with increased CDK2 activity levels and poor overall survival. This observation makes CDK2 and its regulatory pathways compelling targets for the development years, a number of adenosine 5′-triphosphate (ATP) competitive small organic molecules as well as peptides have been reported in the literature as CDK inhibitors for the potential treatment of cancers. U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,974, col. 1, line 23-col. 15, line 10 offers a good description of the various CDKs and their relationship to various types of cancer.


CDK inhibitors are known. For example, flavopiridol (Formula I) is a nonselective CDK inhibitor that is currently undergoing human clinical trials, A. M. Sanderowicz et al, J. Clin. Oncol. (1998) 16, 2986-2999.
embedded image


Other known inhibitors of the CDKs include, for example, olomoucine (J. Vesely et al, Eur. J. Biochem., (1994) 224, 771-786) and roscovitine (I. Meijer et al, Eur. J. Biochem., (1997) 243, 527-536). U.S. Pat. No. 6,107,305 describes certain pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds as CDK inhibitors. An illustrative compound from the '305 patent has the Formula II:
embedded image


K. S. Kim et al, J. Med. Chem. 45 (2002) 3905-3927 and WO 02/10162 disclose certain aminothiazole compounds as CDK inhibitors.


Pyrazolopyrimidines are known. For Example, WO92/18504, WO02/50079, WO95/35298, WO02/40485, EP94304104.6, EP0628559 (equivalent to U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,602,136, 5,602,137 and 5,571,813), U.S. Pat. No. 6,383,790, Chem. Pharm. Bull., (1999) 47 928, J. Med. Chem., (1977) 20, 296, J. Med. Chem., (1976) 19 517 and Chem. Pharm. Bull., (1962) 10 620 disclose various pyrazolopyrimidines.


There is a need for new compounds, formulations, treatments and therapies to treat diseases and disorders associated with CDKs. It is, therefore, an object of this invention to provide compounds useful in the treatment or prevention or amelioration of such diseases and disorders.


SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In its many embodiments, the present invention provides a novel class of pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of cyclin dependent kinases, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more such compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention, inhibition or amelioration of one or more diseases associated with the CDKs using such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions.


In one aspect, the present application discloses a compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of said compound, said compound having the general structure shown in Formula III:
embedded image

wherein:


R is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenylalkyl, alkynylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl (including N-oxide of said heteroaryl), —(CHR5)n-aryl, —(CHR5)n
embedded image

wherein each of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, CF3, OCF3, CN, —OR5, —NR5R10, —C(R4R5)p—R9, —N(R5)Boc, —(CR4R5)pOR5, —C(O2)R5, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R10, —SO3H, —SR10, —S(O2)R7, —S(O2)NR5R10, —N(R5)S(O2)R7, —N(R5)C(O)R7 and —N(R5)C(O)NR5R10;


R2 is selected from the group consisting of R9, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, CF3, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkynylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkyl substituted with 1-6 R9 groups which can be the same or different and are independently selected from the list of R9 shown below, aryl substituted with 1-3 aryl or heteroaryl groups which can be the same or different and are independently selected from phenyl, pyridyl, thiophenyl, furanyl and thiazolo groups, aryl fused with an aryl or heteroaryl group, heteroaryl substituted with 1-3 aryl or heteroaryl groups which can be the same or different and are independently selected from phenyl, pyridyl, thiophenyl, furanyl and thiazolo groups, heteroaryl fused with an aryl or
embedded image


wherein one or more of the aryl and/or one or more of the heteroaryl in the above-noted definitions for R2 can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OR5, —SR5, —S(O2)R6, —S(O2)NR5R5, —NR5R6, —C(O)NR5R6, CF3, alkyl, aryl and OCF3;


R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, —NR5R6, —OR6, —SR6, —C(O)N(R5R6), alkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl,
embedded image

wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl for R3 and the heterocyclyl moieties whose structures are shown immediately above for R3 can be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, CF3, CN, —OCF3, —(CR4R5)pOR5, —OR5, —NR5R6, —(CR4R5)pNR5R6, —C(O2)R5, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R6, —SR6, —S(O2)R6, —S(O2)NR5R6, —N(R5)S(O2)R7, —N(R5)C(O)R7 and —N(R5)C(O)NR5R6, with the proviso that no carbon adjacent to a nitrogen atom on a heterocyclyl ring carries a —OR5 moiety;


R4 is H, halo or alkyl;


R5 is H, alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl;


R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, wherein each of said alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, CF3, OCF3, CN, —OR5, —NR5R10, —C(R4R5)p—R9, —N(R5)Boc, —(CR4R5)pOR5, —C(O2)R5, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R10, —SO3H, —SR10, —S(O2)R7, —S(O2)NR5R10, —N(R5)S(O2)R7, —N(R5)C(O)R7 and —N(R5)C(O)NR5R10;


R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, wherein each of said alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, CF3, OCF3, CN, —OR5, —NR4R5, —C(R4R5)p—R9, —N(R5)Boc, —(CR4R5)pOR5, —C(O2)R5, —C(O)NR4R5, —C(O)R5, —SO3H, —SR5, —S(O2)R7, —S(O2)NR4R5, —N(R5)S(O2)R7, —N(R5)C(O)R7 and —N(R5)C(O)NR4R5;


or optionally (i) R5 and R10 in the moiety —NR5R10, or (ii) R5 and R6 in the moiety —NR5R6, may be joined together to form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl moiety, with each of said cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl moiety being unsubstituted or optionally independently being substituted with one or more R9 groups;


R7 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkenyl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, and heterocyclyl, wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and arylalkyl can be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, CF3, OCF3, CN, —OR5, —NR5R10, —CH2OR5, —C(O2)R5, —C(O)NR5R10, —C(O)R5, —SR10, —S(O2)R10, —S(O2)NR5R10, —N(R5)S(O2)R11, —N(R5)C(O)R10 and —N(R5)C(O)NR5R10;


R8 is selected from the group consisting of R6, —OR6, —C(O)NR5R10, —S(O2)NR5R10, —C(O)R7, —C(═N—CN)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NHR5, heterocyclyl, and —S(O2)R7;


R9 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —NR5R10, —C(O2)R6, —C(O)NR5R10, —OR6, —SR6, —S(O2)R7, —S(O2)NR5R10, —N(R5)S(O2) R7, —N(R5)C(O)R7 and —N(R5)C(O)NR5R10;


m is 0 to 4;


n is 1 to 4; and


p is 1 to 4,


with the proviso that when R2 is phenyl, R3 is not alkyl, alkynyl or halogen, and that when R2 is aryl, R is not
embedded image

and with the further proviso that when R is arylalkyl, then any heteroaryl substituent on the aryl of said arylalkyl contains at least three heteroatoms.


The compounds of Formula III can be useful as protein kinase inhibitors and can be useful in the treatment and prevention of proliferative diseases, for example, cancer, inflammation and arthritis. They may also be useful in the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such Alzheimer's disease, cardiovascular diseases, viral diseases and fungal diseases.







DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In one embodiment, the present invention discloses pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds which are represented by structural Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the various moieties are as described above.


In another embodiment, R is —(CHR5)n-aryl, —(CHR5)n-heteroaryl, —(CHR5)n-heteroaryl (with said heteroaryl being substituted with an additional, same or different, heteroaryl), —(CHR5)n-heterocyclyl (with said heterocyclyl being substituted with an additional, same or different, heterocyclyl), or
embedded image


In another embodiment, R2 is halogen, CF3, CN, lower alkyl, alkyl substituted with —OR6, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is H, lower alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, —NR5R6,
embedded image

wherein said alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and the heterocyclyl structures shown immediately above for R3 are optionally substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, CF3, OCF3, lower alkyl, CN, —C(O)R5, —S(O2)R5, —C(═NH)—NH2, —C(═CN)—NH2, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, —SR5, and OR5, with the proviso that no carbon adjacent to a nitrogen atom on a heterocyclyl ring carries a —OR5 moiety.


In another embodiment, R4 is H or lower alkyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is H, lower alkyl or cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, n is 1 to 2.


In an additional embodiment, R is —(CHR5)n-aryl, —(CHR5)n-heteroaryl.


In an additional embodiment, R2 is halogen, CF3, CN, lower alkyl, alkynyl, or alkyl substituted with —OR6.


In an additional embodiment, R2 is lower alkyl, alkynyl or Br.


In an additional embodiment, R3 is H, lower alkyl, aryl,
embedded image

wherein said alkyl, aryl and the heterocyclyl moieties shown immediately above for R3 are optionally substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, CF3, lower alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, —S(O2)R5, and CN.


In an additional embodiment, R4 is H.


In an additional embodiment, R5 is H, ethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.


In an additional embodiment, R8 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl.


In an additional embodiment, n is 1.


In an additional embodiment, p is 1 or 2.


Another embodiment discloses the inventive compounds shown in Table 1, which exhibited CDK2 inhibitory activity of about 0.0001 μM to >about 5 μM. The assay methods are described later (from page 333 onwards).

TABLE 1embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image


Another embodiment of the invention discloses the following compounds, which exhibited CDK2 inhibitory activity of about 0.0001 μM to about 0.5 μM:
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image


Another embodiment of the invention discloses the following compounds, which exhibited CDK2 inhibitory activity of about 0.0001 μM to about 0.1 μM:
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image


As used above, and throughout this disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:


“Patient” includes both human and animals.


“Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.


“Alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. The term “substituted alkyl” means that the alkyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, —NH(alkyl), —NH(cycloalkyl), —N(alkyl)2, carboxy and —C(O)O-alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.


“Alkynyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3-methylbutynyl. The term “substituted alkynyl” means that the alkynyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.


“Aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.


“Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The “heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like. The term “heteroaryl” also refers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl and the like.


“Aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.


“Alkylaryl” means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.


“Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like, as well as partially saturated species such as, for example, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl and the like.


“Halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.


“Ring system substituent” means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —C(═N—CN)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NH(alkyl), Y1Y2N—, Y1Y2N-alkyl-, Y1Y2NC(O)—, Y1Y2NSO2— and —SO2NY1Y2, wherein Y1 and Y2 can be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and aralkyl. “Ring system substituent” may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moiety are methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, —C(CH3)2— and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
embedded image


“Heterocyclyl” means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any —NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an —N(Boc), —N(CBz), —N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like.


It should be noted that in hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention, there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom. Thus, for example, in the ring:
embedded image

there is no —OH attached directly to carbons marked 2 and 5.


It should also be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, the moieties:
embedded image

are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.


“Alkynylalkyl” means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl.


“Heteroaralkyl” means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.


“Hydroxyalkyl” means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.


“Acyl” means an H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)— or cycloalkyl-C(O)—, group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.


“Aroyl” means an aryl-C(O)— group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and 1-naphthoyl.


“Alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.


“Aryloxy” means an aryl-O— group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.


“Aralkyloxy” means an aralkyl-O— group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.


“Alkylthio” means an alkyl-S— group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.


“Arylthio” means an aryl-S— group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.


“Aralkylthio” means an aralkyl-S— group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.


“Alkoxycarbonyl” means an alkyl-O—CO— group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.


“Aryloxycarbonyl” means an aryl-O—C(O)— group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.


“Aralkoxycarbonyl” means an aralkyl-O—C(O)— group. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.


“Alkylsulfonyl” means an alkyl-S(O2)— group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.


“Arylsulfonyl” means an aryl-S(O2)— group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.


The term “substituted” means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. By “stable compound” or “stable structure” is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.


The term “optionally substituted” means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties.


The term “isolated” or “in isolated form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process or natural source or combination thereof. The term “purified” or “in purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan, in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.


It should also be noted that any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences.


When a functional group in a compound is termed “protected”, this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene et al, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York.


When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R2, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in Formula III, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.


As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.


Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. The term “prodrug”, as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of Formula III or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.


“Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O.


“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the CDK(s) and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.


The compounds of Formula III can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula III herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of Formula III contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the Formula III may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula III with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.


Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like. Additionally, acids which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website). These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.


Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.


All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.


Compounds of Formula III, and salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.


All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl). Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms “salt”, “solvate” “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.


The compounds according to the invention have pharmacological properties; in particular, the compounds of Formula III can be inhibitors of protein kinases such as, for example, the inhibitors of the cyclin-dependent kinases, mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK/ERK), glycogen synthase kinase 3(GSK3beta) and the like. The cyclin dependent kinases (CDKs) include, for example, CDC2 (CDK1), CDK2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CDK7 and CDK8. The novel compounds of Formula III are expected to be useful in the therapy of proliferative diseases such as cancer, autoimmune diseases, viral diseases, fungal diseases, neurological/neurodegenerative disorders, arthritis, inflammation, anti-proliferative (e.g., ocular retinopathy), neuronal, alopecia and cardiovascular disease. Many of these diseases and disorders are listed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,974 cited earlier, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein.


More specifically, the compounds of Formula III can be useful in the treatment of a variety of cancers, including (but not limited to) the following: carcinoma, including that of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung, including small cell lung cancer, esophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, and skin, including squamous cell carcinoma;


hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage, including leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma;


hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage, including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia;


tumors of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma;


tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system, including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannomas; and


other tumors, including melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma.


Due to the key role of CDKs in the regulation of cellular proliferation in general, inhibitors could act as reversible cytostatic agents which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process which features abnormal cellular proliferation, e.g., benign prostate hyperplasia, familial adenomatosis polyposis, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis following angioplasty or vascular surgery, hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, endotoxic shock, and fungal infections.


Compounds of Formula III may also be useful in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, as suggested by the recent finding that CDK5 is involved in the phosphorylation of tau protein (J. Biochem, (1995) 117, 741-749).


Compounds of Formula III may induce or inhibit apoptosis. The apoptotic response is aberrant in a variety of human diseases. Compounds of Formula III, as modulators of apoptosis, will be useful in the treatment of cancer (including but not limited to those types mentioned hereinabove), viral infections (including but not limited to herpevirus, poxvirus, Epstein-Barr virus, Sindbis virus and adenovirus), prevention of AIDS development in HIV-infected individuals, autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus, erythematosus, autoimmune mediated glomerulonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, and autoimmune diabetes mellitus), neurodegenerative disorders (including but not limited to Alzheimer's disease, AIDS-related dementia, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, retinitis pigmentosa, spinal muscular atrophy and cerebellar degeneration), myelodysplastic syndromes, aplastic anemia, ischemic injury associated with myocardial infarctions, stroke and reperfusion injury, arrhythmia, atherosclerosis, toxin-induced or alcohol related liver diseases, hematological diseases (including but not limited to chronic anemia and aplastic anemia), degenerative diseases of the musculoskeletal system (including but not limited to osteoporosis and arthritis) aspirin-sensitive rhinosinusitis, cystic fibrosis, multiple sclerosis, kidney diseases and cancer pain.


Compounds of Formula II, as inhibitors of the CDKs, can modulate the level of cellular RNA and DNA synthesis. These agents would therefore be useful in the treatment of viral infections (including but not limited to HIV, human papilloma virus, herpesvirus, poxvirus, Epstein-Barr virus, Sindbis virus and adenovirus).


Compounds of Formula III may also be useful in the chemoprevention of cancer. Chemoprevention is defined as inhibiting the development of invasive cancer by either blocking the initiating mutagenic event or by blocking the progression of pre-malignant cells that have already suffered an insult or inhibiting tumor relapse.


Compounds of Formula III may also be useful in inhibiting tumor angiogenesis and metastasis.


Compounds of Formula III may also act as inhibitors of other protein kinases, e.g., protein kinase C, her2, raf 1, MEK1, MAP kinase, EGF receptor, PDGF receptor, IGF receptor, PI3 kinase, weel kinase, Src, Abl and thus be effective in the treatment of diseases associated with other protein kinases.


Another aspect of this invention is a method of treating a mammal (e.g., human) having a disease or condition associated with the CDKs by administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of said compound to the mammal.


A preferred dosage is about 0.001 to 500 mg/kg of body weight/day of the compound of Formula II. An especially preferred dosage is about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg of body weight/day of a compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of said compound.


The compounds of this invention may also be useful in combination (administered together or sequentially) with one or more of anti-cancer treatments such as radiation therapy, and/or one or more anti-cancer agents selected from the group consisting of cytostatic agents, cytotoxic agents (such as for example, but not limited to, DNA interactive agents (such as cisplatin or doxorubicin)); taxanes (e.g. taxotere, taxol); topoisomerase II inhibitors (such as etoposide); topoisomerase I inhibitors (such as irinotecan (or CPT-11), camptostar, or topotecan); tubulin interacting agents (such as paclitaxel, docetaxel or the epothilones); hormonal agents (such as tamoxifen); thymidilate synthase inhibitors (such as 5-fluorouracil); anti-metabolites (such as methoxtrexate); alkylating agents (such as temozolomide (TEMODAR™ from Schering-Plough Corporation, Kenilworth, N.J.), cyclophosphamide); Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors (such as, SARASAR™(4-[2-[4-[(11R)-3,10-dibromo-8-chloro-6,11-dihydro-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridin-11-yl-]-1-piperidinyl]-2-oxoehtyl]-1-piperidinecarboxamide, or SCH 66336 from Schering-Plough Corporation, Kenilworth, N.J.), tipifarnib (Zarnestra® or R115777 from Janssen Pharmaceuticals), L778,123 (a farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor from Merck & Company, Whitehouse Station, N.J.), BMS 214662 (a farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor from Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharmaceuticals, Princeton, N.J.); signal transduction inhibitors (such as, Iressa (from Astra Zeneca Pharmaceuticals, England), Tarceva (EGFR kinase inhibitors), antibodies to EGFR (e.g., C225), GLEEVEC™ (C-abl kinase inhibitor from Novartis Pharmaceuticals, East Hanover, N.J.); interferons such as, for example, intron (from Schering-Plough Corporation), Peg-Intron (from Schering-Plough Corporation); hormonal therapy combinations; aromatase combinations; ara-C, adriamycin, cytoxan, and gemcitabine.


Other anti-cancer (also known as anti-neoplastic) agents include but are not limited to Uracil mustard, Chlormethine, Ifosfamide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman, Triethylenemelamine, Triethylenethiophosphoramine, Busulfan, Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin, Dacarbazine, Floxuridine, Cytarabine, 6-Mercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, oxaliplatin, leucovirin, oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN™ from Sanofi-Synthelabo Pharmaeuticals, France), Pentostatine, Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, Mithramycin, Deoxycoformycin, Mitomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Teniposide 17α-Ethinylestradiol, Diethylstilbestrol, Testosterone, Prednisone, Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate, Testolactone, Megestrolacetate, Methylprednisolone, Methyltestosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene, Hydroxyprogesterone, Aminoglutethimide, Estramustine, Medroxyprogesteroneacetate, Leuprolide, Flutamide, Toremifene, goserelin, Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea, Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone, Levamisole, Navelbene, Anastrazole, Letrazole, Capecitabine, Reloxafine, Droloxafine, or Hexamethylmelamine.


If formulated as a fixed dose, such combination products employ the compounds of this invention within the dosage range described herein and the other pharmaceutically active agent or treatment within its dosage range. For example, the CDC2 inhibitor olomucine has been found to act synergistically with known cytotoxic agents in inducing apoptosis (J. Cell Sci., (1995) 108, 2897. Compounds of Formula III may also be administered sequentially with known anticancer or cytotoxic agents when a combination formulation is inappropriate. The invention is not limited in the sequence of administration; compounds of Formula III may be administered either prior to or after administration of the known anticancer or cytotoxic agent. For example, the cytotoxic activity of the cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor flavopiridol is affected by the sequence of administration with anticancer agents. Cancer Research, (1997) 57, 3375. Such techniques are within the skills of persons skilled in the art as well as attending physicians.


Accordingly, in an aspect, this invention includes combinations comprising an amount of at least one compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and an amount of one or more anti-cancer treatments and anti-cancer agents listed above wherein the amounts of the compounds/treatments result in desired therapeutic effect.


The pharmacological properties of the compounds of this invention may be confirmed by a number of pharmacological assays. The exemplified pharmacological assays which are described later have been carried out with the compounds according to the invention and their salts.


This invention is also directed to pharmaceutical compositions which comprise at least one compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of said compound and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.


For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds described by this invention, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g., magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, (1990), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.


Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.


Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.


Also included are solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.


The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal compositions can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.


The compounds of this invention may also be delivered subcutaneously.


Preferably the compound is administered orally.


Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.


The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, more preferably from about 1 mg to about 25 mg, according to the particular application.


The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.


The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 1 mg/day to about 500 mg/day, preferably 1 mg/day to 200 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.


Another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of said compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle or diluent.


Yet another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising an amount of at least one compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of said compound and an amount of at least one anticancer therapy and/or anti-cancer agent listed above, wherein the amounts of the two or more ingredients result in desired therapeutic effect.


The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples which should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures will be apparent to those skilled in the art.


Where NMR data are presented, 1H spectra were obtained on either a Varian VXR-200 (200 MHz, 1H), Varian Gemini-300 (300 MHz) or XL-400 (400 MHz) and are reported as ppm down field from Me4Si with number of protons, multiplicities, and coupling constants in Hertz indicated parenthetically. Where LC/MS data are presented, analyses was performed using an Applied Biosystems API-100 mass spectrometer and Shimadzu SCL-10A LC column: Altech platinum C18, 3 micron, 33 mm×7 mm ID; gradient flow: 0 min—10% CH3CN, 5 min—95% CH3CN, 7 min—95% CH3CN, 7.5 min—10% CH3CN, 9 min—stop. The retention time and observed parent ion are given.


The following solvents and reagents may be referred to by their abbreviations in parenthesis:


Thin layer chromatography: TLC


dichloromethane: CH2Cl2


ethyl acetate: AcOEt or EtOAc


methanol: MeOH


trifluoroacetate: TFA


triethylamine: Et3N or TEA


butoxycarbonyl: n-Boc or Boc


nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy: NMR


liquid chromatography mass spectrometry: LCMS


high resolution mass spectrometry: HRMS


milliliters: mL


millimoles: mmol


microliters: μl


grams: g


milligrams: mg


room temperature or rt (ambient): about 25° C.


dimethoxyethane: DME


EXAMPLES

In general, the compounds described in this invention can be prepared through the general routes described below in Scheme 1. Treatment of the
embedded image

starting nitrile with potassium t-butoxide and ethyl formate gives rise to the intermediate enol 2 which upon treatment with hydrazine gives the desired substituted 3-aminopyrazole. Condensation of compounds of type 3 with the appropriately functionalized keto ester of type 5 gives rise to the pyridones 6 as shown in Scheme 3. The keto esters used in this general route are either commercially available or can be made as illustrated in Scheme 2.
embedded image


The chlorides of type 9 can be prepared by treatment of the pyridones 8 with POCl3. When R2 is equal to H, substitution in this position is possible on the compounds of type 9 by electrophilic halogenation, acylation, and various other electrophilic aromatic substitutions.


Introduction of the N7-amino functionality can be accomplished through displacement of the chloride of compounds of type 9 by reaction with the appropriate amine as shown in Scheme 3.
embedded image


Condensation of compounds of type 7 with the appropriately functionalized malonate ester of type 11 gives rise to the pyridones 13 as shown in Scheme 4.


The chlorides of type 14 can be prepared by treatment of the pyridones 13 with POCl3. When R2 is H, substitution in this position is possible on compounds of type 9 by electrophilic halogenation, acylation, and various other electrophilic aromatic substitutions.


Incorporation of the N7-amino functionality can be accomplished through regioselective displacement of the chloride of compounds of type 14. Incorporation of the N5-amino functionality by addition of an appropriate amine at higher temperature.
embedded image


Alternatively, condensations of the aminopyrazoles of type 7 with an appropriately functionalize keto ester as prepared in Scheme 5, leads to compounds of type 13 as shown in Scheme 4.
embedded image


The chlorides of type 14 can be prepared by treatment of the pyridones 13 with POCl3. When R2 is equal to H, substitution in this position is possible on compounds of type 14 by electrophilic halogenation, acylation, and various other electrophilic aromatic substitutions.


Incorporation of the N7-amino functionality can be accomplished through displacement of the chloride of compounds of type 15.


Preparative Examples
Preparative Example 1



embedded image


A procedure in German patent DE 19834047 A1, p 19 was followed. To a solution of KOtBu (6.17 g, 0.055 mol) in anhydrous THF (40 mL) was added, dropwise, a solution of cyclopropylacetonitrile (2.0 g, 0.025 mol) and ethyl formate (4.07 g, 0.055 mol) in anhydrous THF (4 mL). A precipitate formed immediately. This mixture was stirred for 12 hr. It was concentrated under vacuum and the residue stirred with Et2O (50 mL). The resulting residue was decanted and washed with Et2O (2×50 mL) and Et2O removed from the residue under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in cold H2O (20 mL) and pH adjusted to 4-5 with 12 N HCl. The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give the aldehyde as a tan liquid.


Step B:
embedded image


The product from Preparative Example 1, Step A (2.12 g, 0.0195 mol), NH2NH2.H2O (1.95 g, 0.039 mol) and 1.8 g (0.029 mole) of glacial CH3CO2H (1.8 g, 0.029 mol) were dissolved in EtOH (10 mL). It was refluxed for 6 hr and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was slurried in CH2Cl2 (150 mL) and the pH adjusted to 9 with 1N NaOH. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give the product as a waxy orange solid.


Preparative Examples 2-4

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 1, only substituting the nitrile shown in Column 2 of Table 2, the compounds in Column 3 of Table 2 were prepared:

TABLE 2Prep.Ex.Column 2Column 32embedded imageembedded image3embedded imageembedded image3.10embedded imageembedded image


Preparative Example 4



embedded image


2-Carbomethoxycyclopentanone (6.6 ml, 0.05 mol) in THF (15 ml) was added dropwise to a vigorously stirred suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 4 g, 0.1 mol) in THF (100 ml) at 0-10° C. When bubbling ceased, the reaction mixture was treated at the same temperature with ClCOOMe (7.8 ml, 0.1 mol) in THF (15 ml). The resulted off-white suspension was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and 30 minutes under reflux. The reaction was monitored by TLC for disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was quenched with water carefully and partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated solution of ammonium chloride in a funnel. Shaken and separated, the organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Solvents were removed, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography, eluted with 5% and then 10% ethyl acetate in hexane. 9.4 g colorless oil was obtained with 94% yield. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.90(s, 3H), 3.73(s, 3H), 2.65(m, 4H), 1.98(m, 2H).


Preparative Example 5



embedded image


To lithium diisopropylamide solution in THF (2.0 N, 0.04 mol) at −65° C., was added dropwise 2,2-dicarbomethoxycyclopentanone (4 g, 0.02 mol) in THF (60 ml). The resulted reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature before adding methyl chloroformate (1.54 ml, 0.02 mol). Reaction mixture stirred for an hour and poured into saturated ammonium chloride solution with some ice. This solution was extracted three times with ether, and the combined ethearal layers were dried over sodium sulfate. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography, eluted with 30% increased to 50% ethyl acetate in hexane. 2.3 g yellowish oil was obtained with 58% yield. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.77(s, 6H), 3.32(t, 1H), 3.60-3.10(m, 4H).


Preparative Example 6



embedded image


The reactions were done as outlined in (K. O. Olsen, J. Org. Chem., (1987) 52, 4531-4536). Thus, to a stirred solution of lithium diisopropylamide in THF at −65 to −70 C was added freshly distilled ethyl acetate, dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min and the acid chloride was added as a solution in THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at −65 to −70° C. for 30 min and then terminated by the addition of 1 N HCl solution. The resulting two-phased mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The resulting mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude β-keto esters, which were used in the subsequent condensations.


Preparative Examples 7-19

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 6 only substituting the acid chlorides shown in Column 2 of Table 3, the h-keto esters shown in Column 3 of Table 3 were prepared:

TABLE 3Prep.Ex.Column 2Column 3DATA7embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 2238embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 2539embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 26110embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 25311embedded imageembedded image12embedded imageembedded image13embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 27114embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 24915embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 23716embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 26217embedded imageembedded imageYield = 48 MH+ = 19518embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99 MH+ = 19919embedded imageembedded imageYield = 77% 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.42(t, 1H), 6.68(d, 2H), 4.29(q, 2H), 3.97(d, 2H), 3.95(s, 3H), 1.38(t, 3H).


Preparative Example 20



embedded image


To a solution of the acid in THF was added Et3N, followed by isobutyl chloroformate at −20 to −30° C. After the mixture was stirred for 30 min at −20 to −30° C., triethylamine hydrochloride was filtered off under argon, and the filtrate was added to the LDA-EtOAc reaction mixture (prepared as outlined in Method A) at −65 to −70° C. After addition of 1 N HCl, followed by routine workup of the reaction mixture and evaporation of the solvents, the crude β-keto esters were isolated. The crude material was used in the subsequent condensations.


Preparative Examples 21-28

By essentially the same conditions set forth in Preparative Example 20 only substituting the carboxylic acid shown in Column 2 of Table 4, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 4 were prepared:

TABLE 4Prep.Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD21embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99% MH+ = 21322embedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% MH+ = 27523embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 21324embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 21125embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99 MH+ = 33426embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99 MH+ = 33427embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99 MH+ = 33428embedded imageembedded imageYield = 77% 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ4.21(q, 2H), 3.95(d, 2H), 3.93-3.79(m, 4H), 3.52(s, 2H), 2.65(m, 1H), 1.25(t, 3H), 1.23-1.2 (m, 2H).


Preparative Example 29



embedded image


A solution of 3-aminopyrazole (2.0 g, 24.07 mmol) and ethyl benzylacetate (4.58 mL, 1.1 eq.) in ACOH (15 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated hours. The resulting solid was diluted with EtOAc and filtered to give a white solid (2.04 g, 40% yield).


Preparative Examples 30-73

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 29 only substituting the aminopyrazole shown in Column 2 of Table 5 and the ester shown in Column 3 of Table 5, the compounds shown in Column 4 of Table 5 were prepared:

TABLE 5Prep.Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 530embedded imageembedded imageembedded image31embedded imageembedded imageembedded image32embedded imageembedded imageembedded image33embedded imageembedded imageembedded image34embedded imageembedded imageembedded image35embedded imageembedded imageembedded image36embedded imageembedded imageembedded image37embedded imageembedded imageembedded image37.10embedded imageembedded imageembedded image38embedded imageembedded imageembedded image39embedded imageembedded imageembedded image40embedded imageembedded imageembedded image41embedded imageembedded imageembedded image42embedded imageembedded imageembedded image43embedded imageembedded imageembedded image44embedded imageembedded imageembedded image45embedded imageembedded imageembedded image46embedded imageembedded imageembedded image47embedded imageembedded imageembedded image48embedded imageembedded imageembedded image49embedded imageembedded imageembedded image50embedded imageembedded imageembedded image51embedded imageembedded imageembedded image52embedded imageembedded imageembedded image53embedded imageembedded imageembedded image54embedded imageembedded imageembedded image55embedded imageembedded imageembedded image56embedded imageembedded imageembedded image57embedded imageembedded imageembedded image58embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 68 MH+ = 15259embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 46 MH+ = 26860embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 63 MH+ = 25561embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 80 MH+ = 28062embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 72 MH+ = 21463embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 51 MH+ = 21864embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 82 MH+ = 21865embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 39 MH+ = 23266embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 30 MH+ = 23067embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 80 MH+ = 35368embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 49 MH+ = 35369embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 42 MH+ = 35370embedded imageembedded imageembedded image71embedded imageembedded imageembedded image72embedded imageembedded imageembedded image73embedded imageembedded imageembedded image


Preparative Example 74



embedded image


Ethyl benzoylacetate (1.76 mL, 1.1 eq.) and 3-amino-4-cyanopyrazole (1.0 g, 9.25 mmol) in ACOH (5.0 mL) and H2O (10 mL) was heated at ret lux 72 hours. The resulting solution was cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo, and diluted with EtOAc. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with EtOAc, and dried in vacuo (0.47 g, 21% yield).


Preparative Example 75



embedded image


A procedure in U.S. Pat. No. 3,907,799 was followed. Sodium (2.3 g, 2 eq.) was added to EtOH (150 mL) portionwise. When the sodium was completely dissolved, 3-aminopyrazole (4.2 g, 0.05 mol) and diethyl malonate (8.7 g, 1.1 eq.) were added and the resulting solution heated to reflux for 3 hours. The resulting suspension was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filter cake was washed with EtOH (100 mL) and dissolved in water (250 mL). The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath and the pH adjusted to 1-2 with concentrated HCl. The resulting suspension was filtered, washed with water (100 mL) and dried under vacuum to give a white solid (4.75 g, 63% yield).


Preparative Examples 76-78

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 75 only substituting the compound shown in Column 2 of Table 6, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 6 are prepared:

TABLE 6Prep. Ex.Column 2Column 376embedded imageembedded image77embedded imageembedded image78embedded imageembedded image


Preparative Example 79



embedded image


A solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 29 (1.0 g, 4.73 mmol) in POCl3 (5 mL) and pyridine (0.25 mL) was stirred at room temperature 3 days. The resulting slurry was diluted with Et2O, filtered, and the solid residue washed with Et2O. The combined Et2O washings were cooled to 0° C. and treated with ice. When the vigorous reaction ceased, the resulting mixture was diluted with H2O, separated, and the aqueous layer extracted with Et2O. The combined organics were washed with H2O and saturated NaCl, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a pale yellow solid (0.86 g, 79% yield). LCMS: MH+=230.


Preparative Example 80-122

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 79, only substituting the compound shown in Column 2 of Table 7, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 7 were prepared:

TABLE 7Prep. Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD80embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 24881embedded imageembedded image82embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 29883embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 19684embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 21085embedded imageembedded image86embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 27287embedded imageembedded image87.10embedded imageembedded image88embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 25589embedded imageembedded image90embedded imageembedded imageYield = 65% MS: MH+ = 26091embedded imageembedded imageYield = 35% MS: MH+ = 29092embedded imageembedded imageYield = 32% MS: MH+ = 29893embedded imageembedded imageYield = 45% MS: MH+ = 23694embedded imageembedded imageYield = 100% LCMS: MH+ = 25095embedded imageembedded imageYield = 88% MS: MH+ = 31496embedded imageembedded imageYield = 43% MS: MH+ = 22397embedded imageembedded imageYield = 30% MS: MH+ = 29598embedded imageembedded imageYield = 98% MS: MH+ = 24499embedded imageembedded image100embedded imageembedded image101embedded imageembedded image102embedded imageembedded image103embedded imageembedded image104embedded imageembedded image105embedded imageembedded image106embedded imageembedded image107embedded imageembedded image45% yield; MS: MH+ = 226108embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 308109embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 286110embedded imageembedded imageYield = 50 MH+ = 272111embedded imageembedded imageYield = 85 MH+ = 299112embedded imageembedded imageYield = 97 MH+ = 231113embedded imageembedded imageYield = 45 MH+ = 236114embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant. MH+ = 236115embedded imageembedded imageYield = 57 MH+ = 250116embedded imageembedded imageYield = 89 MH+ = 248117embedded imageembedded imageYield = 96 MH+ = 371118embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99 MH+ = 371119embedded imageembedded imageYield = 50 MH+ = 371120embedded imageembedded imageYield = 57% LCMS: MH+ = 224121embedded imageembedded imageYield = 34% LCMS: MH+ = 226122embedded imageembedded imageYield = 100% 1H NMR(CDCl3) δ 8.53(d, 1H), 7.66(t, 1H), 7.51(s, 1H), 7.45(d, 1H), 6.84(d, 2H).


Preparative Example 123



embedded image


POCl3 (62 mL) was cooled to 5° C. under nitrogen and dimethylaniline (11.4 g, 2.8 eq.) and the compound prepared in Preparative Example 75 (4.75 g, 0.032 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to 60° C. and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to 30° C. and the POCl3 was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (300 mL) and poured onto ice. After stirring 15 minutes, the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 7-8 with solid NaHCO3. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with H2O (3×200 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 50:50 CH2Cl2:hexanes solution as eluent to elute the dimethyl aniline. The eluent was then changed to 75:25 CH2Cl2:hexanes to elute the desired product (4.58 g, 77% yield). MS: MH+=188.


Preparative Examples 124-126

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 123 only substituting the compound in Column 2 of Table 8, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 8 are prepared:

TABLE 8Prep.Ex.Column 2Column 3124embedded imageembedded image125embedded imageembedded image126embedded imageembedded image


Preparative Example 127



embedded image


A solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 79 (0.10 g, 0.435 mmol) in CH3CN (3 mL) was treated with NBS (0.085 g, 1.1 eq.). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature 1 hour and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 20% EtOAc-in-hexanes solution as eluent (0.13 g, 100% yield). LCMS:MH+=308.


Preparative Examples 128-164

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 127 only substituting the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 9, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 9 were prepared:

TABLE 9Prep. Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD128embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =326129embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =342130embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =376131embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 274132embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 288133embedded imageembedded image134embedded imageembedded imageYield = 75% MS: MH+ =338135embedded imageembedded imageYield = 52% MS: MH+ =368136embedded imageembedded imageYield = 87% MS: MH+ =376137embedded imageembedded imageYield = 100% MS: MH+ =316138embedded imageembedded imageYield = 92% MS: MH+ =330139embedded imageembedded imageYield = 82% MS: MH+ =395140embedded imageembedded imageYield = 88% MS: MH+ = 308141embedded imageembedded imageYield = 100% MS: MH+ = 322142embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 266143embedded imageembedded image144embedded imageembedded image145embedded imageembedded image146embedded imageembedded image147embedded imageembedded image148embedded imageembedded image149embedded imageembedded image150embedded imageembedded image151embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 386152embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 364153embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant MH+ = 353154embedded imageembedded imageYield = 95 MH+ = 378155embedded imageembedded imageYield = 77 MH+ = 311156embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant. MH+ = 314157embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99 MH+ = 328158embedded imageembedded imageYield = 98 MH+ = 326159embedded imageembedded imageYield = 99 MH+ = 449160embedded imageembedded imageYield = 95 MH+ = 449161embedded imageembedded imageYield = 72 MH+ = 449162embedded imageembedded imageYield = 98% LCMS: MH+ = 302163embedded imageembedded imageYield = 95% LCMS: MH+ = 305164embedded imageembedded imageYield = 50% 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.36(s, 1H), 7.72(d, 1H), 7.20(s, 1H), 6.82(d, 1H), 3.99(s, 3H), 3.90(s, 3H);


Preparative Example 165



embedded image


A solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 80 (0.3 g, 1.2 mmol) in CH3CN (15 mL) was treated with NCS (0.18 g, 1.1 eq.) and the resulting solution heated to reflux 4 hours. Additional NCS (0.032 g, 0.2 eq.) added and the resulting solution was stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography using a 20% EtOAc in hexanes solution as eluent (0.28 g, 83% yield). LCMS: MH+=282.


Preparative Example 166-167

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 165 only substituting the compound shown in Column 2 of Table 10, the compound shown in Column 3 of Table 10 was prepared:

TABLE 10Prep. Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD166embedded imageembedded imageYield = 82% LCMS: MH+ = 286167embedded imageembedded image


Preparative Example 167.10



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 165 only substituting N-iodosuccinimide, the above compound was prepared.


Preparative Example 168



embedded image


To a solution of the compound from Preparative Example 79 (1.0 g, 4.35 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added POCl3 (1.24 mL, 3.05 eq.) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and the excess POCl3 was quenched by the addition of ice. The resulting solution was neutralized with 1N NaOH, diluted with H2O, and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 solution as eluent (0.95 g, 85% yield). LCMS: MH+=258.


Preparative Example 169



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 168 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 80, the above compound was prepared (0.45 g, 40% yield).


Preparative Example 170



embedded image


To a solution of the product of Preparative Example 169 (0.25 g, 0.97 mmol) in THF was added NaBH4 (0.041 g, 1.1 eq.) and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of H2O and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 60:40 hexanes:EtOAc mix as eluent (0.17 g, 69% yield). MS: MH+=260.


Preparative Example 171



embedded image


A solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 170 (0.12 g, 0.462 mmol), dimethyl sulfate (0.088 mL, 2.0 eq), 50% NaOH (0.26 mL) and catalytic Bu4NBr in CH2Cl2 (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 30% EtOAc-in-hexanes solution as eluent (0.062 g, 48% yield).


Preparative Example 172



embedded image


To a solution of PPh3 (4.07 g, 4.0 eq.) and CBr4 (2.57 g, 2.0 eq.) in CH2Cl2 (75 mL) at 0° C. was added the compound prepared in Preparative Example 168 (1.0 g, 3.88 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using a 20% EtOAc in hexanes solution as eluent (1.07 g, 67% yield).


Preparative Example 173



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 172 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 169 the above compound was prepared (0.5 g, 70% yield).


Preparative Example 174



embedded image


The compound prepared in Preparative Example 127 (3.08 g, 10.0 mmol), 2.0 M NH3 in 2-propanol (50 mL, 100.0 mmol), and 37% aqueous NH3 (10.0 mL) were stirred in a closed pressure vessel at 50° C. for 1 day. The solvent was evaporated and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography using 3:1 CH2Cl2:EtOAc as eluent. Pale yellow solid (2.30 g, 80%) was obtained. LCMS: M+=289.


Preparative Examples 175-180

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 174 only substituting the compound shown in Column 2 of Table 11, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 11 were prepared.

TABLE 11Prep. Ex.Column 2Column 3175embedded imageembedded image176embedded imageembedded image177embedded imageembedded image178embedded imageembedded image179embedded imageembedded image180embedded imageembedded image


Preparative Example 181



embedded image


The compound prepared in Preparative Example 80 (0.3 g, 1.2 mmol), K2CO3 (0.33 g, 2 eq.), and 4-aminomethylpyridine (0.13 mL, 1.1 eq.) was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with H2O and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and, concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 5% (10% NH4OH in MeOH) solution in CH2Cl2 as eluent (0.051 g, 40% yield). LCMS: MH+=320.


Preparative Example 182



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 181 only substituting the compound described in Preparative Example 92, the above compound was prepared. LCMS: MH+=370.


Preparative Example 183



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 123 (0.25 g, 1.3 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added iPr2NEt (0.47 mL, 2.0 eq.) and 3-aminomethylpyridine (0.15 ml, 1.1 eq.). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 72 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with H2O and saturated NaCl, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 solution as eluent (0.29 g, 83% yield). MS: MH+=260.


Preparative Examples 184-187

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 183 only substituting the compound shown in Column 2 of Table 12, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 12 are prepared.

TABLE 12Prep. Ex.Column 2Column 3184embedded imageembedded image184.1embedded imageembedded image185embedded imageembedded image186embedded imageembedded image187embedded imageembedded image187.1embedded imageembedded image187.11embedded imageembedded image


Preparative Example 188 and Preparative Example 189



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 185 (1.18 g, 3.98 mmol) in THF (35 mL) at −78° C. was added LAH (4.78 mL, 1M in Et2O, 1.0 eq.) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 hours at which time additional LAH (2.0 mL, 1M in Et2O, 0.42 eq.) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred an additional 1.25 hours and quenched by the addition of saturated Na2SO4 (8.5 mL). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAC (23 mL), H2O (2 mL), and CH3OH (50 mL). The resulting slurry was filtered through a plug of Celite. The Celite was washed with CH3OH and the filtrate dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography using a CH2Cl2:CH3OH (93:7) solution as eluent to yield aldehyde as the first eluting product and alcohol as the second eluting product.


Preparative Example 188: (aldehyde): 0.4 g, 39% yield. MS: MH+=254.


Preparative Example 189: (alcohol): 0.25 g, 24% yield. MS: MH+=256.


Preparative Example 190



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 188 (0.075 g, 0.30 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) at 0° C. was added CH3MgBr (0.3 mL, 3.0M solution in Et2O, 3.0 eq.) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at 0° C. an additional 1.5 hours, warmed to room temperature, and stirred overnight. Additional CH3MgBr (0.15 mL, 3.0M in Et20, 1. eq.) was added and the resulting solution stirred an additional 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched by the addition of saturated NH4Cl. The resulting solution was diluted with CH2Cl2 and H2O and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were washed with saturated NaCl and dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a CH2Cl2:CH3OH (90:10) solution as eluent (0.048 g, 60% yield). MS: MH+=270.


Preparative Example 191



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 190 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 185 and using excess MeMgBr (5 eq.), the above compound was prepared.


Preparative Example 192



embedded image


The compound prepared in Preparative Example 181 (0.29 g, 0.91 mmol), BOC2O (0.22 g, 1.1 eq), and DMAP (0.13 g, 1.1 eq.) in dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature 3 days. Additional BOC2O (0.10 g, 0.5 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with saturated NaHCO3 (15 mL), and extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×100 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduce pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 5% (10% NH4OH in MeOH) solution in CH2Cl2 as eluent (0.35 g, 91% yield). LCMS: MH+=420.


Preparative Example 193



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 192 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 183, the above compound was prepared. MS: MH+=360.


Preparative Example 193.10



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 192 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 184.1, the above compound was prepared. MS: MH+=454.


Preparative Example 194



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 192 only substituting the above compound prepared in Preparative Example 187.11, the above compound was prepared (0.223 g, 88% yield). MS: MH+=528.


Preparative Example 195



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 127 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 192, the above compound was prepared (0.38 g, 95% yield). LCMS: MH+=498.


Preparative Example 196



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 195, only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 193, the above compound was prepared (0.3 g, 83% yield). MS: MH+=438.


Preparative Example 197



embedded image


A solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 195 (0.15 g, 0.3 mmol), phenylboronic acid (0.073 g, 2.0 eq.), K3PO4 (0.19 g, 3.0 eq.), and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.017 g, 5 mol %) was heated at reflux in DME (16 mL) and H2O (4 mL) 7 hours. The resulting solution was cooled to room temperature, diluted with H2O (10 mL), and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×50 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 2.5% (10% NH4OH in MeOH) in CH2Cl2 solution as eluent (0.16 g, 100% yield).


Preparative Example 198



embedded image


To a solution of 4-aminomethylpyridine (1.41 mL, 13.87 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) was added BOC2O (3.3 g, 1.1 eq.) and TEA and the resulting solution was stirred a room temperature 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 5% (10% NH4OH in MeOH) solution in CH2Cl2 as eluent to give a yellow solid (2.62 g, 91% yield). LCMS: MH+=209.


Preparative Example 199



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 198 only substituting 3-aminomethylpyridine, the above compound was prepared as a yellow oil (2.66 g, 92% yield). LCMS: MH+=209.


Preparative Example 200



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 198 (0.20 g, 0.96 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) at 0° C. was added m-CPBA (0.17 g, 1.0 eq) and the resulting solution stirred at 0° C. 2 hours and stored at 4° C. overnight at which time the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 10% (10% NH4OH in MeOH) solution as eluent: LCMS: MH+=255.


Preparative Example 201



embedded image


A solution of oxone (58.6 g) in H2O (250 mL) was added dropwise to the compound prepared in Preparative Example 199 (27 g, 0.13 mol) and NaHCO3 (21.8 g, 2.0 eq.) in MeOH (200 mL) and H2O (250 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (500 mL) and filtered. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a white solid (21.0 g, 72% yield). MS: MH+=255.


Preparative Example 202



embedded image


The compound prepared in Preparative Example 200 (0.29 g, 1.29 mmol) was stirred at room temperature in 4M HCl in dioxane (0.97 mL) 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and used without further purification. LCMS: MH+=125.


Preparative Example 203



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 202 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 201, the compound shown above was prepared. LCMS: MH+=125.


Preparative Example 204



embedded image


To 4-N-t-Butoxycarbonylaminopiperidine (0.8 g, 4.0 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) at 0° C. was added TEA (1.40 mL, 2.5 eq.) and 3-trifluoromethyl benzoyl chloride (1.05 g, 1.25 eq.). The resulting solution was stirred 15 minutes and warmed to room temperature and stirred 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with 5% Na2CO3 (2×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to yield a pale yellow solid (quantitative crude yield).


Preparative Example 205



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 204 (1.0 g, 2.76 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) at 0° C. was added TFA (8 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes and room temperature 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured onto Na2CO3 (40 g) and H2O (400 mL) added and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 20% (7N NH3 in MeOH) solution in CH2Cl2 as eluent (0.6 g, 82% yield).


Preparative Examples 206



embedded image



Step A:


To a solution of 6-chloronicotinamide (1 g, 6.39 mmol) in isoamyl alcohol (15 mL) at rt was added Na2CO3 (0.81 g, 7.67 mmol) followed by methoxyethylamine (0.67 mL, 7.67 mmol). The mixture was heat at 130° C. for 16 h, cooled to rt, and was filtered thru a medium glass-fritted filter. The resulting filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resultant solid was triturated with Et2O (2×10 mL). The crude solid was placed under high vacuum to afford 1.2 g (96%) of a light yellow solid. M+H=196.


Step B:


To a solution of amide (1.2 g, 6.12 mmol) from Preparative Example 206, Step A in THF (5 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of BH3-THF (43 mL; 43 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The resultant solution was warmed to rt and stirred for 14 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and was sequentially treated with 6M HCl (35 mL), water (30 mL), and MeOH (150 mL). The mixture was stirred for 8 h and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was triturated with MeOH, concentrated under reduced pressure, and placed under high vacuum to afford 1.6 g (82%) of a white solid as the dihydrochloride salt. M+H (free base)=182.0. This material was used crude in the coupling with 7-Cl adducts.


Preparative Examples 207-211

By essentially the same known procedure set forth in Preparative Example 206 only by utilizing the amines shown in Column 2 of Table 13 and the amines shown in Column 3 of Table 13 were prepared:

TABLE 13Prep. Ex.Column 2 (Amine)Column 3 (Amine)CMPD M + H (free base)207embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 138208embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 152209embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 178210embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 195211embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 207


Preparative Example 212



embedded image


The above compound was prepared accordingly to the methods described in WO 91/18904.


Preparative Example 213



embedded image


The above compound was prepared accordingly to the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,180,627 B1.


Preparative Example 214



embedded image


The known amine was prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. (2001), 44, 4505-4508.


Preparative Example 215



embedded image


The known amine was prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. (1997), 40, 3726-3733.


Preparative Example 216



embedded image



Step A:


A solution of aldehyde (50 g, 0.41 mol) [WO 0232893] in MeOH (300 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and carefully treated with NaBH4 (20 g, 0.53 mol in 6 batches) over 20 minutes. The reaction was then allowed to warm to 20° C. and was stirred for 4 hours. The mixture was again cooled to 0° C., carefully quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (5-10% 7N NH3-MeOH/CH2Cl2) provided the primary alcohol (31 g, 62%) as a light yellow solid.


Step B:


A slurry of alcohol (31 g, 0.25 mol) from Preparative Example 216, Step A in CH2Cl2 (500 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and slowly treated with SOCl2 (55 mL, 0.74 mol over 30 minutes). The reaction was then stirred overnight at 20° C. The material was concentrated, slurried in acetone, and then filtered. The resulting beige solid was dried overnight in vacuo (38.4 g, 52%, HCl salt).


Step C:


To a 15 mL pressure tube charged with a stir bar was added chloride (150 mg, 0.83 mmol) from Preparative Example 216, Step B followed by 7 M NH3/MeOH (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 48 h at rt where upon the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a light yellow solid (0.146 g, 83%). M+H (free base)=140.


Preparative Example 217



embedded image


The above compound was prepared accordingly to methods described in WO 00/26210.


Preparative Example 218



embedded image


The above compound was prepared accordingly to methods described in WO 99/10325.


Preparative Example 219



embedded image


The known amine dihydrochloride was prepared according to methods described in WO 02/64211.


Preparative Example 220



embedded image


The above compound was prepared according to methods described in WO 02/64211.


Preparative Example 221



embedded image


The known primary alcohol was prepared according to WO 00/37473 and was converted to the desired amine dihydrochloride in analogous fashion as Preparative Example 220 according to WO 02/064211.


Preparative Example 222



embedded image



Step A:


To a solution of aldehyde (WO 02/32893) (0.46 g, 2.07 mmol) in MeOH/THF (2 mL/2 mL) at 0° C. was added NaBH4 (94 mg, 2.48 mmol) in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred for 12 h at rt and was diluted with sat. aq. NH4Cl (3 mL). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resultant aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (1×5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and filtered. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 417 mg (90% yield) of a white solid. M+H=225.


Step B:


The crude alcohol from Preparative Example 222, step A (0.4 g, 1.78 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (4 mL) was added SOCl2 (0.65 mL, 8.91 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 407 mg (94%) of a light yellow solid. M+H=243. The crude product was taken on without further purification.


Step C:


To a solution of crude chloride from Preparative Example 222, Step B (0.33 g, 1.36 mmol) in a pressure tube charged with 7M NH3/MeOH (35 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 72 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 257 mg (85%) of a yellow semisolid. M+H (free base)=224.


Preparative Example 223



embedded image


To a round bottom flask charged with amine hydrochloride (0.24 g, 1.1 mmol) from Preparative Example 222 and a stir bar was added 4N HCl/dioxane (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 12 h at rt, concentrated under reduced pressure, and triturated with CH2Cl2 (3×5 mL). The crude product was filtered, washed with Et2O (2×5 mL), and dried under high vacuum to afford 0.19 g (91%) as the dihydrochloride salt. M+H (free base)=124.


Preparative Example 224



embedded image


Pd(PPh3)4 (0.404 gm, 0.35 mmol) was added to a degassed solution of 4-cyanobenzene boronic acid (1.029 g, 7 mmol) and 2-bromopyridine (1.11 g, 7 mmol) in 75 mL acetonitrile. 0.4 M sodium carbonate solution (35 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the resulting solution was refluxed at 90° C. under Ar for 24 hours (progress of reaction was monitored by TLC). The reaction mixture was cooled and aqueous layer was separated. The organic layer containing the product and spent catalyst was mixed with silica gel (15 g) and concentrated to dryness. The 4-(2-pyridyl)-benzonitrile was isolated by column chromatography (0.850 g, 68%). LCMS: MH+=181; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.85 (d, 1H), 8.7 (dd, 1H), 7.9 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (dd, 1H).


Preparative Examples 225-228

By following essentially same procedure described in Preparative Example 224, only substituting the bromides in column 2 of Table 14, compounds in column 3 of Table 14 were prepared.

TABLE 14Prep. Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4225embedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% LCMS: MH+ = 187226embedded imageembedded imageYield = 60% LCMS: MH+ = 187227embedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% LCMS: MH+ = 186228embedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% LCMS: MH+ = 200


Preparative Example 229



embedded image


BH3-THF solution (1 M, 24 mL, 5 eq) was added slowly to a stirring solution of 4-(2-pyridyl)-benzonitrile (0.85 g, 4.72 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) under Ar, and the resulting solution was refluxed for about 12 hr. The solution was cooled to 0° C. using ice-water. Methanol (15 mL) was added drop-wise to the cold reaction mixture and stirred for 1 h to destroy excess BH3. Added HCl—methanol (1M, 10 mL) slowly to the reaction mixture and refluxed for 5 h. Concentrated the solution to dryness and the residue was dissolved in 25 mL water and extracted with ether to remove any un-reacted material. The aqueous solution was neutralized with solid potassium carbonate to pH 10-11. The free amine, thus formed was extracted with ether, dried over potassium carbonate (0.45 g, 50%). LCMS: MH+=185; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.85 (d, 1H), 8.7 (dd, 1H), 7.9 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (dd, 1H), 3.7 (t, 2H), 1.7 (t, 2H).


Preparative Examples 230-233

By following essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 229, compounds in column 3 of Table 15 were prepared.

TABLE 15Prep.Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4230embedded imageembedded imageYield = 60% LCMS: MH+ = 191231embedded imageembedded imageYield = 60% LCMS: MH+ = 191232embedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% LCMS: MH+ = 190233embedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% LCMS: MH+ = 204


Preparative Example 234



embedded image



Step A:


A mixture 4-fluorobenzonitrile (3 g, 25 mmol) and imidazolyl sodium (2.48 g, 27.5 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was stirred at 80° C. under Ar for 12 h. Progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with 50 mL water and stirred. The aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). Combined EtOAc extracts was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, concentrated, and the 4-(1-imidazolyl)-benzonitrile was isolated by column chromatography (3.6 g, 78%). LCMS: MH+=170; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 3H), 7.3 (d, 1H)


Step B:


4-(1-imidazolyl)-benzonitrile (1 g, 5.92 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (10 mL) and added drop-wise to a stirring solution of LAH-THF (1 M in THF, 18 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was refluxed under Ar for 2 h and the progress was monitored by TLC. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched by drop-wise addition of a saturated Na2SO4—H2O solution. The mixture was stirred for 1 h and filtered to remove lithium salts. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated to obtain 4-(1-imidazolyl)-benzylamine (0.8 g, 80%). LCMS: MH+=174.


Preparative Example 235



embedded image


A mixture of 4-(5-oxazolyl)benzoic acid (1.0 g, 5.46 mmol) and Et3N (552 mg, 5.46 mmol) in 25 mL of THF was cooled to 0° C. and ClCOO i-Bu (745 mg, 5.46 mmol) was added dropwise. After the addition was over, the reaction mixture was stirred for additional 5 min and then aq NH4OH (0.63 mL of 28% solution, 10.46 mmol) was added. After overnight stirring, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken up in water and basified to pH 9. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried over P2O5 in a vacuum desiccator to provide 500 mg (48%) of the 4-(5-oxazolyl)-benzamide: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.20-7.80 (m, 5H).


Preparative Example 236



embedded image


A suspension of 4-(5-oxazolyl)benzamide (500 mg, 2.657 mmol) in 10 mL of dry THF was cooled to 0° C. and 10 mL of 1 M BH3.THF (10.00 mmol) was added. The contents were refluxed overnight and the excess borane was destroyed by dropwise addition of methanol. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was treated with methanolic HCl to decompose the amine-borane complex. After evaporation of the methanol, the residue was taken in water, basified to pH 10 and the product was extracted in to DCM. The DCM layer was dried (K2CO3) and the solvent was removed to provide 150 mg (32%) of 4-(5-oxazolyl)benzylamine: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 2H).


Preparative Examples 237-239

By essentially the same procedures set forth above, the compounds in Column 2 of Table 16 were reduced using the method indicated in Column 3 of Table 16 to give the amine indicated in Column 4 of Table 16.

TABLE 16Prep.Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4CMPD237embedded imageBH3embedded image1H NMR (CDCl3)δ7.15-6.90 (m, 3H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 1.45 (s, 2 H)238embedded imageH2embedded image1H NMR (CDCl3)δ8.40 (s, 1 H), 7.55 (dd, 1 H), 7.10 (d, 1 H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 2.50 (s, 3 H), 1.70 (bs, 2 H)239embedded imageBH3embedded image


Preparative Example 240



embedded image


Prepared by the literature procedure (PCT Int. Appl, WO 0105783): 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.24-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 3.95 (t, 1H), 3.70 (d, 1H), 3.37 (d, 1H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.90 (bs, 2H)


Preparative Example 241
3-(AMINOMETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


A. 3-(tert-BUTOXYCARBONYLAMINOMETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


3(R/S)-(tert-Butoxycarbonylaminomethyl)piperidine (3 g, 14.0 mmoles) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 mL) and trimethylsilylisocyanate (9.68 g, 11.4 mL, 84.0 mmoles) was added. The mixture was stirred under argon at 25° C. for 68 h. Additional trimethylsilylisocyanate (4.84 g, 5.7 mL, 42.0 mmoles) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for a total of 90 h. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×5 cm) using 2% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylaminomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (3.05 g, 85%): FABMS: m/z 258.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 258.1816 (MH+). Calcd. for C12H24O3N3: m/z 258.1818; δH (CDCl3) 1.22 91H, m, CH2), 1.42 (9H, s, —COOC(CH3)3), 1.48 (1H, m, CH2), 1.67 (2H, m, CH2), 1.78 (1H, m, CH), 2.80 (1H, m, CH2), 2.99, 3H, m, CH2), 3.59 (1H, m, CH2O 3.69 (1H, m, CH2), 4.76 (2H, bm, CONH2) and 4.98 ppm (1H, bm, NH); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.5, 28.5, 28.5; CH2: 24.0, 28.3, 43.2, 45.1, 47.8; CH: 36.5; C: 79.4, 156.3, 158.5.


B. 3-(AMINOMETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


3-(tert-Butoxycarbonylaminomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (150 mg, 0.583 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 241, Step A above) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL). 10% conc. sulfuric acid in 1,4-dioxane (7.9 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with methanol and BioRad AG1-X8 resin (OH form) was added until the pH was basic. The resin was filtered off, washed with methanol, evaporated to dryness and chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×2 cm) using dichloromethane followed by 15% (10% conc, ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give the 3-(aminomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (80 mg, 87%): FABMS: m/z 158.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 158.1294 (MH+). Calcd. for C7H16N3O: m/z 158.1293; δH (CDCl3+drop CD3OD) 1.20 (1H, m, CH2), 1.48 (1H, m, CH2), 1.60 (1H, m, CH), 1.68 (1H, m, CH2), 1.83 (1H, m, CH2), 2.64 (bm, 2H, —CH2NH2), 2.82 (1H, m, CH2), 3.02 (1H, m, CH2), 2.98 (2H, m, CH2), 3.70 (1H, m, —CH2NH2), 3.78 (1H, m, —CH2NH2) and 5.24 ppm (1H, bs, NH); δC (CDCl3+drop CD3OD) CH2: 24.1, 28.6, 44.0, 44.8, 47.9; CH: 38.3; C, 159.0.


Preparative Example 242
3-(2-AMINOETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


A. 3-(2-tert-BUTOXYCARBONYLAMINOETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


3-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)piperidine (500 mg, 2.19 mmoles) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) and trimethylsilylisocyanate (2.96 mL, 21.9 mmoles) was added. The mixture was stirred under argon at 25° C. for 3.35 h. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, evaporated to dryness and chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using 5% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 3-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (417.7 mg, 70%): FABMS: m/z 272.0 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 272.1979 (MH+). Calcd. for C13H26O3: m/z 272.1974; δH (CDCl3) 1.16 (1H, m, CH2), 1-30-1.60 (5H, m, CH/CH2), 1.46 (9H, s, —COOC(CH3)3), 1.68 (1H, m, CH2), 1 84 (1H, m, CH2), 2.54 (1H, dd, CH2), 2.73 (1H, m, CH2), 3.08 (1H, m, CH2), 3.42 (1H, m, CH2), 4.02 (1H, m, CH2), 4.10 (1H, m, CH2), 4.84 (1H, m, NH) and 4.96 ppm (2H, bm, CONH2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.5, 28.5, 28.5; CH2: 25.2, 31.7, 34.9, 37.3, 44.6, 50.3; CH: 32.9; C: 79.5, 156.4, 158.2.


B. 3-(2-AMINOETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


3-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (392.7 mg, 1.45 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 242, Step A above) was dissolved in methanol (7.5 mL) and 10% conc. sulfuric acid in 1,4-dioxane (19.5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.25 h. The mixture was diluted with methanol and BioRad AG1-X8 resin (OH form) was added until the pH was basic. The resin was filtered off, washed with methanol, evaporated to dryness and chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×2.5 cm) using 15% (10% conc, ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 3-(2-aminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (233 mg, 94%): FABMS: m/z 172.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 172.1444(MH+). Calcd for C8H18N3O requires: m/z 172.1450; δH (CDCl3+3% CD3OD) 1.14 (1H, m, CH2), 1.40 (2H, m, CH2), 1.49 (1H, m, CH), 1.58 (1H, m, CH2), 1.69 (1H, m, CH2), 1.85 (1H, m, CH2), 2.55 (1H, m, CH2), 2.67 (5H, m, CH2/NH2), 2.76 (1H, bm, CH2), 2.84 (1H, m, CH2) and 3.82 ppm (2H, m, CONH2); δC (CDCl3+3% CD3OD) CH2: 24.8, 30.9, 36.6, 38.9, 44.9, 50.0; CH: 33.4.


Preparative Example 243
4-(2-AMINOETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


A. 4-(2-tert-BUTOXYCARBONYLAMINOETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)piperidine (500 mg, 2.19 mmoles) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) and trimethylsilylisocyanate (2.96 mL, 21.9 mmoles) was added. The mixture was stirred under argon at 25° C. for 3.25 h. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, evaporated to dryness and chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using 5% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 4-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (308.2 mg, 52%): FABMS: m/z 272.0 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 272.1965 (MH+). Calcd. for C13H26O3N3: m/z 272.1974; δH (CDCl3) 1.20 (2H, m, CH2), 1.47 (9H, s, —COOC(CH3)3), 1.45-1.55 (3H, m, CH/CH2), 1.75 (2H, m, CH2), 2.82 (2H, m, CH2), 3.19 (2H, m, CH2), 3.96 (2H, m, CH2), 4.64 (2H, m, CH2) and 4.70 ppm (1H, bm, NH); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.5, 28.5, 28.5; CH2: 31.8, 31.8, 36.7, 38.0, 44.5, 44.5; CH: 33.4; C: 79.2, 156.7, 158.1.


A. 3-(2-AMINOETHYL)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXAMIDE



embedded image


4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (283.3 mg, 1.04 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 243, Step A above) was dissolved in methanol (5.4 mL) and 10% conc. sulfuric acid in 1,4-dioxane (14.2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.25 h. The mixture was diluted with methanol and BioRad AG1-X8 resin (OH form) was added until the pH was basic. The resin was filtered off, washed with methanol, evaporated to dryness and chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×2.5 cm) using 15% (10% conc, ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give the 3-(2-aminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (170 mg, 95%): FABMS: m/z 172.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 172.1442. Calcd for C8H18N3O requires: m/z 172.1450; δH (CDCl3+3% CD3OD) 1.16 (2H, m, CH2), 1.43 (2H, m, CH2), 1.52 (1H, m, CH), 1.70 (2H, m, CH2), 2.70-2.85 (8H, m, CH2) and 3.92 ppm (2H, m, CONH2); δC (CDCl3+3% CD3OD) CH2: 31.9, 31.9, 39.0, 39.7, 44.4, 44.4; CH: 33.5; C, 158.7.


Preparative Example 244
3-(AMINOMETHYL)-1-METHYLPIPERIDINE



embedded image


A. 3-(BROMOMETHYL)-1-METHYLPIPERIDINE



embedded image


3-(Hydroxymethyl)-1-methylpiperidine (2 g, 15.5 mmoles) was dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (32 mL) and anhydrous pyridine (2.02 mL, 24.8 mmoles) was added and the solution was cooled to 0° C. Dibromotriphenylphosphorane (8.49 g, 20.2 mmoles) was added at 0° C. and the mixture was allowed to warm up to 25° C. and was stirred for 94 h. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×5 cm) using gradient elution with dichloromethane, 35% diethyl ether in dichloromethane and 5-10% methanol in dichloromethane as the eluant to give 3-(bromomethyl)-1-methylpiperidine (3.13 g, 100%): FABMS: m/z 192.1 (MH+); δH (CDCl3) 1.52 (1H, m, CH2), 1.99 (2H, m, CH2), 2.43 (1H, m, CH2), 2.75 (2H, m, CH2), 2.82 (1H, m, CH), 2.86/2.88 (3H, s, NCH3), 3.42/3.49 (2H, dd, —CH2Br) and 3.56 ppm (2H, m, CH2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 44.3; CH2: 22.1, 26.6, 35.4, 54.8, 58.2; CH: 34.6.


A. 3-(Di-tert-BUTOXYCARBONYLAMINOMETHYL)-1-METHYLPIPERIDINE



embedded image


3-(Bromomethyl)-1-methylpiperidine (1.5 g, 7.81 mmoles) (from Preparative Example 244, Step A above) and di-tert-butyliminodicarboxylate (1.697 g, 7.81 mmoles) were dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (25 mL). Cesium carbonate (5.1 g, 15.6 mmoles) and lithium iodide (52 mg, 0.391 mmoles) were added and the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 20 h. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. the residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×5 cm) using 3% methanol in dichloromethane as the eluant to give 3-(di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-1-methylpiperidine (1.331 g, 52%): FABMS: m/z 329.2 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 329.2438 (MH+). Calcd. for C17H33N2O4: m/z 329.2440; δH (CDCl3) 1.10 (1H, m, CH2), 1.54 (18H, s, —COOC(CH3)3), 1.86 (2H, m, CH2), 2.01 (1H, m, CH2), 2.19 (1H m, CH), 2.34 (2H, bm, CH2), 2.59 (3H, —NCH3), 3.19 (2H, m, CH2) and 3.52/3.52 ppm (2H, —CH2N—); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.5, 28.5, 28.5, 28.5, 28.5, 28.5, 47.2; CH2: 25.4, 28.3, 50.4, 56.8, 60.8; CH: 37.2; C: 83.0, 83.0, 153.5, 153.5.


A. 3-(AMINOMETHYL)-1-METHYLPIPERIDINE



embedded image


3-(Di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-1-methylpiperidine (500 mg, 1.52 mmoles) (from Preparative Example 244, Step B above) was dissolved in methanol (7.5 mL) and 10% (v/v) conc. sulfuric acid in 1,4-dioxane (19.75 mL) was added. The solution was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h. Methanol (300 mL) was added, followed by BioRad AG1-X8 resin (OH form) until the pH was ˜10. The resin was filtered off and washed with methanol (2×200 mL). The combined eluates were evaporated to dryness and the residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×2.5 cm) using 10% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 3-(aminomethyl)-1-methylpiperidine (69.2 mg, 35%): FABMS: m/z 129.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 129.1392 (MH+). Calcd. for C7H17N2: m/z 129.1392; δH (CDCl3) 0.90 (2H, m, CH2), 1.65 (2H, m, CH2), 1.72 (1H, m, CH), 1.79 (1H, m, CH2), 1.91 (1H, m, CH2), 2.30 (3H, s, —NCH3), 2.64 (2H, m, CH2), 2.82 (1H, m, —CH2NH2) and 2.92 ppm (1H, m, —CH2NH2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 46.7; CH2: 25.2, 28.0, 46.3, 56.4, 60.3; CH: 39.9.


Preparative Example 245
4-(AMINOMETHYL)-1-METHYLPIPERIDINE



embedded image


A. 1-METHYLISONIPECOTAMIDE



embedded image


Isonipecotamide (10 g, 78.0 mmoles) was dissolved in distilled water (100 mL) and 37% aqueous formaldehyde (7.6 mL, equivalent to 2.81 g HCHO, 93.6 mmoles) was added. Wet 10% Pd—C (8 spoon spatulas) was added under argon and the mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. and 50 psi for 43 h. The catalyst was filtered off through Celite and the latter was washed with water and methanol. The combined filtrates were evaporated to dryness and the residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (60×5 cm) using 8%-10%-20% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 1-methylisonipecotamide (7.15 g, 64%): FABMS: m/z 143.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 143.1184 (MH+). Calcd. for C7H15N2O: m/z 143.1184; δH (d6-DMSO) 1.50/1.57 (4H, m, CH2), 1.76/1.94 (4H, m, CH2), 2.10 (3H, s, —NCH3), 2.72 (1H, m, CH) and 6.68/7.18 ppm (2H, m, CONH2); δC (d6-DMSO)CH3: 41.2; CH2: 28.5, 28.5, 54.9, 54.9; CH: 46.2; C, 176.7.


B. 4-(AMINOMETHYL)-1-METHYLPIPERIDINE



embedded image


1-Methylisonipecotamide (6.75 g, 47.5 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 245, Step A above) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (350 mL) and the resulting mixture was added in portions to a stirred slurry of lithium aluminum hydride (1.8 g, 47.5 mmoles) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) at 0° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and then heated at 66° C. for 25 h under nitrogen. Distilled water (1.88 mL) was added dropwise to the stirred mixture at 0° C., followed by 20% aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.42 mL) and then distilled water (6.75 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 15 min. The mixture was filtered and the solids were washed with THF and dichloromethane. The combined filtrates were evaporated to dryness and chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×5 cm) using 15%-20% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 4-(aminomethyl)-1-methylpiperidine (0.678 g, 11%): FABMS: m/z 129.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 129.1389 (MH+). Calcd. for C7H17N2: m/z 129.1392; 8H (d6-DMSO): 2.08 ppm (3H, s, —NCH3); δC (d6-DMSO): CH3: under DMSO peaks; CH2: 29.6, 29.6, 46.7, 55.2, 55.2; CH: 46.2.


Preparative Example 246
3-(AMINOMETHYL)BENZONITRILE



embedded image


A. 3-(Di-tert-BUTOXYCARBONYLAMINO)BENZONITRILE



embedded image


3-(Bromomethyl)benzonitrile (5 g, 25.5 mmoles) and di-tert-butyliminodicarboxylate (5.54 g, 25.5 mmoles) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (50 mL) and cesium carbonate (16.62 g, 25.5 mmoles) and lithium iodide (170.5 mg, 1.275 mmoles) were added. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 22 h and the reaction was worked up as described in Preparative Example 89, Step B above. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (60×5 cm) using 5% ethyl acetate in hexane as the eluant to give 3-(di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)benzonitrile (7.39 g, 87%): FABMS: m/z 333.2 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 333.1815 (MH+); Calcd. for C18H25N2O4: m/z 333.1814; δH (CDCl3) 1.52 (18H, s, —COOC(CH3)3), 4.84 (2H, s, CH2), 7.48 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.60 (2H, m, Ar—H) and 7.65 ppm (1H, m, Ar—H); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.1, 28.1, 28.1, 28.1, 28.1, 28.1; CH2: 48.4; CH: 129.2, 131.0, 131.0, 131.9; C: 83.2, 83.2, 112.5, 118.8, 140.1, 152.5, 152.5.


B. 3-(AMINOMETHYL)BENZONITRILE



embedded image


3-(Di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)benzonitrile (2 g, 6.0 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 246, Step A above) was dissolved in methanol (30 mL) and 10% (v/v) (10% conc. sulfuric acid in 1,4-dioxane) (79 mL) was added. The solution was stirred at 25° C. for 0.25 h and worked up as described in Preparative Example 89, Step C above). The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using 3% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give the title compound (651.4 mg, 82%): FABMS: m/z 133.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 133.0762 (MH+). Calcd. for C8H9N2: m/z 133.0766; δH (CDCl3) 2.57 (2H, s, —CH2NH2), 3.92 (2H, s, —CH2NH2), 7.46 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.57 (2H, m, Ar—H) and 7.64 ppm (1H, m, Ar—H); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 45.2; CH: 129.4, 130.7, 130.7, 131.8; C: 112.4, 118.8, 143.8.


Preparative Example 247
4-(AMINOMETHYL)BENZONITRILE



embedded image


A. 3-(Di-tert-BUTOXYCARBONYLAMINOMETHYL)BENZONITRILE



embedded image


4-(Bromomethyl)benzonitrile (5 g, 25.5 mmoles) and di-tert-butyliminodicarboxylate (5.54 g, 25.5 mmoles) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (50 mL) and cesium carbonate (16.62 g, 25.5 mmoles) and lithium iodide (170.5 mg, 1.275 mmoles) were added. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 23 h and the reaction was worked up as described in Preparative Example 244, Step B above. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (50×5 cm) using 5% ethyl acetate in hexane as the eluant to give 4-(di-tert-butoxycarbonylaminomethyl)benzonitrile (7.07 g, 83%): FABMS: m/z 333.2 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 333.1816 (MH+). Calcd. for C18H25N2O4: m/z 333.1814; δH (CDCl3) 1.45 (18H, s, —COOC(CH3)3), 4.81 (2H, s, CH2), 7.37 (2H, d, Ar—H) and 7.62 ppm (2H, d, Ar—H); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.1, 28.1, 28.1, 28.1, 28.1, 28.1; CH2: 49.2; CH: 127.8, 127.8, 132.3, 132.3; C: 83.2, 83.2, 111.1, 118.9, 144.1, 152.4, 152.4.


B. 4-(AMINOMETHYL)BENZONITRILE



embedded image


4-(Di-tert-butoxycarbonylaminomethyl)benzonitrile (2 g, 6.0 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 247, Step A above) was dissolved in TFA (4 mL) and the solution was stirred at 25° C. for 0.25 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and extracted with 1N sodium hydroxide. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using 3% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 4-(aminomethyl)benzonitrile (108 mg, 68%): FABMS: m/z 133.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z133.0764 (MH+). Calcd. for C8H9N2: m/z 133.0766; δH (CDCl3) 2.04 (2H, s, —CH2NH2), 3.89 (2H, s, —CH2NH2), 7.40 (2H, d, Ar—H) and 7.59 ppm (2H, d, Ar—H); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 45.7; CH: 127.8, 127.8, 132.4, 132.4; C: 110.6, 118.9, 148.0.


Preparative Example 248



embedded image


To a solution of (1S,2S)-2-benzyloxycyclopentyl amine (1.5 g, 7.84 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) at rt was added 10% Pd/C (50% wet, 1.0 g) followed by dropwise addition of conc. HCl (0.7 mL). The mixture was stirred under a balloon of H2 for 14 h and the catalyst was filtered off thru a pad of Celite. The pad of Celite was washed with MeOH (2×10 mL) and the resulting filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.97 g (90%) of a yellow semisolid; M+H (free base)=102


Preparative Examples 249-251

In an analogous fashion to Preparative Example 248, the benzyl protected cycloalkyl amines (Column 2) were converted to the desired aminocycloalkanol hydrochloride derivatives (Column 3) as listed in Table 17.

TABLE 17Column 2Column 3CMPDEx.(Amine)(Cleavage method)M + H249embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 102 (free base)250embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 116 (free base)251embedded imageembedded imageM + H = 116 (free base)


Preparative Example 252



embedded image


To a solution of ester (prepared according to J. Org. Chem. (1999), 64, 330) (0.5 g, 2.43 mmol) in THF (8 mL) at 0° C. was added LiAlH4 (0.37 g, 9.74 mmol) in one portion. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 12 h and was cooled to 0° C. The mixture was treated sequentially with H2O (1 mL), 1 M NaOH (1 mL), and H2O (3 mL). CH2Cl2 (10 ml) was added to the mixture which was stirred vigorously for 30 min. The mixture was filtered thru a pad of Celite which was washed generously with CH2Cl2 (3×5 mL). The resulting filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.41 g (85%) of a yellow/orange solid. M+H=142.


Preparative Example 253



embedded image



Step A:


To a solution of L-proline methyl ester hydrochloride (0.50 g, 3.0 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) at 0° C. was added Et3N (1.1 mL, 7.55 mmol) followed by TFAA (0.56 mL, 3.92 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 12 h at rt and 1N HCl (25 mL) was added. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed sequentially with sat. aq. NaHCO3 (1×25 mL), and brine (1×25 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.72 g (100%) of a yellow oil. M+H=226. The crude material was taken onto Step B without further purification.


Step B:


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 253, Step A (0.68 g, 3.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0° C. was added MeMgI (5.1 mL, 3.0M in Et2O) dropwise over 10 min. The resulting solution was stirred for 16 h at rt whereupon the mixture was quenched by addition of sat. aq. NH4Cl. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and the resultant residue was stirred with EtOAc (100 mL) for 45 min and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.68 g (100%) of a yellow/orange oil. M+H=226. The crude material was taken onto Step C without further purification.


Step C:


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 253, Step B (0.68 g, 3.0 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added a solution of KOH (0.68 g, 12.1 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 12 h and rt for 72 h whereupon the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude residue was suspended in EtOAc (50 mL) and was stirred vigorously for 30 min and was filtered. This procedure was repeated 2× more and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 128 mg (33%) of a maroon/orange oil. M+H=130. This material was used without purification in the subsequent coupling step.


Preparative Example 254



embedded image


The aldehyde was prepared according to the procedure of Gupton (J. Heterocyclic Chem. (1991), 28, 1281).


Preparative Example 255



embedded image


Using the aldehyde from Preparative Example 254, the procedure of Gupton (J. Heterocyclic Chem. (1991), 28, 1281) was employed to prepare the title aldehyde.


Preparative Example 256



embedded image


The title aldehyde was prepared according to the procedure of Ragan et. al Synlett (2000), 8, 1172-1174.


Preparative Example 257



embedded image


The reaction of known cyclopentyl guanidine hydrochloride (Org. Lett. (2003), 5, 1369-1372) under the conditions of Ragan (Synlett (2000), 8, 1172-1174) afforded the title aldehyde.


Preparative Example 258



embedded image


The title compound was prepared according to known literature Monatshefte fur Chemie (1973), 104, 1372-1382.


Examples
Example 1



embedded image


A solution of the product from Preparative Example 127 (0.27 g, 0.875 mmol), 4-aminomethylpyridine (0.12 g, 1.3 eq.), and K2CO3 (0.24 g, 2 eq.) in CH3CN (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature 48 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 4% MeOH in CH2Cl2 solution as eluent (0.28 g, 93% yield). LCMS: MH+=380; mp=>205° C. (dec).


Examples 2-210

By following essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 1 only substituting the chlorides shown in Column 2 of Table 18 and the amines shown in Column 3 of Table 18, the compounds in Column 4 of Table 18 were prepared:

TABLE 18Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4Data2embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =380; mp = 175-176° C.3embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =398; mp = 156-157° C.4embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =398; mp = 45-49° C.5embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =354; mp = 43-46° C.6embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =354; mp = 149-150° C.7embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =414; mp = 86-92° C.8embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =414; mp = 185-186° C.9embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =448; mp = 167-168° C.10embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =346; mp = 57-58° C.11embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =347; mp = 122.9-125.3° C.12embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =360; mp = 127-128° C.13embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =342; mp = 133-135° C.14embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =344; mp = 152-155° C.15embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =362; mp = 164-167° C.16embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =327; mp = 146-155° C.17embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =332; mp = 71-82° C.17.1embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =332.18embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =346; mp = 58-65° C.19embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =414; mp = 211-213° C.20embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =414; mp = 194-197° C.21embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =414 m.p. 211-216° C.22embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =544; mp = 104-107° C.23embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =83% LCMS: MH+ =410.24embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =84% LCMS: MH+ =410.25embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =96% LCMS: MH+ =440.26embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =99% LCMS: MH+ =440.27embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =89% LCMS: MH+ =448.28embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =78% LCMS: MH+ =448.30embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =96% LCMS: MH+ =483.31embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =35% LCMS: MH+ =483.32embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =77% LCMS: MH+ =515.33embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =100% m.p. 179° C. LCMS: MH+ =38834embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =99% m.p. 186° C. LCMS: MH+ =45635embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =98% m.p. 181° C. LCMS: MH+ =40136embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =63% m.p. 192° C. LCMS: MH+ =48037embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =75% m.p. 126-127° C. LCMS: MH+ =40038embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =94% m.p. 132-133° C. LCMS: MH+ =40039embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =95% m.p. 121-122° C. LCMS: MH+ =40040embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =98% LCMS: MH+ =46041embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =87% m.p. 170-171° C. LCMS: MH+ =46442embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =84% m.p. 216-217° C. LCMS: MH+ =46443embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =96% m.p. 214° C. LCMS: MH+ =46444embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =95% m.p. 158° C. LCMS: MH+ =52245embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =90% LCMS: MH+ =27846embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield =100%; LCMS: MH+ =39447embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ =473 m.p. 84-87° C.48embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =396 m.p. 91.5-93.3° C.49embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =396 m.p. 196-199° C.50embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =430 m.p. 242-244° C.51embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =430 m.p. 218° C.52embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =430 m.p. 230-233° C.54embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =405 m.p. 185-188° C.55embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =370 m.p. 229-232° C.56embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =370 m.p. 85-90° C.57embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =386 m.p. 227-230° C.58embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =372 m.p. 212-215° C.59embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =318 m.p. 169-171° C.60embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =332 m.p. 170-173° C.61embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =346 m.p. 156-159° C.62embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =360 m.p. 114-116° C.63embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ =348 m.p. 197-200° C.64embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =230-232 2. M + H =39665embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =205-207 2. M + H =40266embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =220-223 2. M + H =41467embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =191-193 2. M + H =43168embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =235-237 2. M + H =39769embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =>250 2. M + H =40370embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =230-232 2. M + H =41571embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =235-238 2. M + H =43172embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =186-188 2. M + H =41073embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =136-138 2. M + H =42474embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =192-195 2. M + H =45075embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =88-90 2. M + H =45476embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =230-232 2. M + H =46777embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =131-133 2. M + H =47978embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =85-88 2. M + H =37679embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =131-133 2. M + H =38880embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =206-208 2. M + H =40881embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =108-110 2. M + H =50282embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =83-85 2. M + H =40283embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =220 2. M + H =41484embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =154-156 2. M + H =42685embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =152-153 2. M + H =43886embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =159-161 2. M + H =42087embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =>220 2. M + H =45588embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =223-225 2. M + H =42589embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =199-201 2. M + H =41990embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =184-186 2. M + H =42691embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =196-198 2. M + H =42092embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =156-159 2. M + H =44093embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =173-176 2. M + H =43494embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =173-175 2. M + H =45295embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =174-176 2. M + H =46996embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =230-234 2. M + H =43497embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =191-193 2. M + H =44198embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =202-205 2. M + H =43499embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =209-212 2. M + H =453100embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =219-221 2. M + H =469101embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =64-66 2. M + H =403102embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =168-170 2. M + H =420103embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =213-216 2. M + H =411




























104


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


1. mp =98-100 2. M + H =561





105


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


1. mp 70-72 2. M + H =608





106


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


1. mp 168-170 2. M + H =538





107


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


1. mp 189-191 2. M + H =592





108


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 458;





109


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 89 LCMS: MH+ = 418 m.p. =131-132 ° C.





110


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 95% LCMS: MH+ = 347





111


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 91% 3H); LCMS: MH+ = 484





112


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 87% LCMS: MH+ = 427





113


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 80% LCMS: MH+ = 427





114


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 91% LCMS: MH+ = 378





115


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 92%, 3H); LCMS: MH+ = 520





116


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 98% LCMS: MH+ = 536





117


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 82% LCMS: MH+ = 410





118


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 95% LCMS: MH+ = 347





121


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 65% LCMS: MH+ = 481.02





126


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 71% MH+ = 486





127


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 71% MH+ = 495.1





128


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 55% MH+ = 463





129


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 77% LCMS: MH+ = 455





130


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image



1H NMR (Yield = 75% LCMS: MH+ = 379






131


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 75% LCMS: MH+ = 407





132


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 75% LCMS: MH+ = 421





133


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 70% LCMS: MH+ = 421





134


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 78% LCMS: MH+ = 475





135


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 75% LCMS: MH+ = 476





136


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 65% LCMS: MH+ = 455





137


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 55% LCMS: MH+ = 473)





138


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 60% LCMS: MH+ = 439





139


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 65% LCMS: MH+ = 441





140


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 80% LCMS: MH+ = 432





141


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 60% LCMS: MH+ = 429





142


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 330; mp =109-111° C.





143


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 346; mp =186-188° C.





144


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 384; mp =148-150° C.





145


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 400; mp =186-188° C.





146


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: M2H+ = 390; mp =192-194° C.





147


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: M+ = 404; mp =220-222° C.





148


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 369; mp >230° C.





149


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 364; mp =186-188° C.





150


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 312; mp =138-140° C.





151


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: M+ = 380; mp =172-174° C.





152


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 352; mp =201-203° C.





153


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 348; mp =166-168° C.





154


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: M2H+ = 531; mp =78-80° C.





155


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: M2H+ = 474; mp =161-163° C.





156


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: M+ = 444; mp =48-51° C.





157


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 542.1





158


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 520.1





159


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 542.1





160


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 480.1





161


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 506.1





162


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 480.1





163


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 494.1





164


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 466.1





165


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 494.1





166


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 508.1





167


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 520.1





168


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 528.1





169


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 520.1





170


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 528.1





171


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 474;





172


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 437;





173


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 472;





174


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 428.1





175


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 426.2





176


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 442.0





177


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


LCMS: MH+ = 452.0





178


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 90 MH+ = 436 m. pt. =89.1° C.





179


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 424 m. pt. =188.2° C.





180


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 448 m. pt. =211.3° C.





181


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = quant. MH+ = 464





182


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 382 m. pt. =185.8° C.





183


embedded image





embedded image


MH+ = 387 m. pt. =181-182° C.





184


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 453





185


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 401 m. pt. =178.3° C.





186


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 402





187


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 91 MH+ = 386 m. pt. =148.3° C.





188


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 65 MH+ = 402 m. pt. =174.5° C.





189


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 379 m. pt. =82-83° C.





190


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 379 m. pt. =50.7° C.





191


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 89 MH+ = 469 m. pt. =186.7° C.





192


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 93 MH+ = 410 m. pt. =86.7° C.





193


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 76 MH+ = 333 m. pt. =120.3° C.





194


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 86 MH+ = 353 m. pt. =188.9° C.





195


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 11% LCMS: 374 MH+ = 390





196


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 88% LCMS: 374 MH+ = 346





197


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 88% LCMS: 374 MH+ = 346





198


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield =MH+ = 400 m. pt. =111.5-112.2° C.





199


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 416





200


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 415





201


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 398 m.p. =156.5° C.





202


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 414 m.p. =89.5° C.





203


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 413





204


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 86 MH+ = 521 m.p. =79.9° C.





204.10


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image







204.11


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 87 MH+ = 521 m.p. =128.6° C.





205


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 99 MH+ = 537 m.p. =83.5° C.





206


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 94 MH+ = 598 m.p. =110.8° C.





207


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = quant. MH+ = 545





208


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


Yield = 96 MH+ = 468 m.p. =69.2° C.





209


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 498 m.p. =226.5° C.





210


embedded image




embedded image




embedded image


MH+ = 564 m.p. =174.2° C.









Additional data for select examples given below.


Example 23: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ8.63 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=8.1 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H)


Example 24: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.82 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.81 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H)


Example 25: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.75 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 4.03 (s, 3H)


Example 26: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.09 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.83 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 4.04 (s, 3H)


Example 27: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.75 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 4.83 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H)


Example 28: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.86 (s, 1H), 8.74 (m, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 4.87 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H)


Example 30: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.16 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.22 (m, 3H), 6.96 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 4.73 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H)


Example 31: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.13 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.93 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 4.84 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H)


Example 32: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.16 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.41 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J=7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (s, 1H), 4.73 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H)


Example 40: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.01 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.24 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72-6.64 (br t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62-6.52 (m, 2H), 6.05-6.01 (s, 1H), 5.56-4.64 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.03-3.93 (s, 3H), 3.94-3.86 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.70 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.02-1.66 (m, 6H), 1.43-1.22 (m, 3H), 1.20-1.02 (m, 2H)


Example 45: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.73(d, 2H), 8.54(s, 1H), 7.41 (d, 2H), 7.02(br, 1H), 5.90(s, 1H), 4.80(s, 2H), 4.48(q, 2H), 2.75(s, 2H), 1.50(t, 2H), 1.06(s, 9H);


Example 46: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.79(s, 1H), 8.72(d, 1H), 8.14(s, 1H), 7.84(d, 1H), 7.54-7.33(m, 4H), 6.97(t, 1H), 6.18(s, 1H), 4.79(d, 2H), 2.47(s, 3H)


Example 108: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.79 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.35 (m, 3H), 6.92 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 4.81 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H)


Example 110: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.18(t, 1H), 8.03(s, 1H), 7.44(m, 1H), 7.30(t, 1H), 7.17(q, 1H), 6.66(s, 1H), 6.56(br, 1H), 4.28(d, 2H), 2.38(s, 1H)


Example 111: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.72(br, 1H), 8.59(d, 1H), 8.11(t, 1H), 8.06(s, 1H), 7.73(d, 1H), 7.44(d, 1H), 7.42-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.07(q, 1H), 6.39(d, 1H), 5.21 (q, 1H), 4.16(q, 2H), 3.08(d, 2H), 1.22(t, 3H)


Example 112: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.22(t, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 7.51-7.33(m, 7H), 7.21(q, 1H), 6.82(d, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 4.68(q, 1H), 2.18(m, 2H), 1.17(t, 3H)


Example 113: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.22(t, 1H), 8.14(s, 1H), 7.51-7.33(m, 7H), 7.21(q, 1H), 6.82(d, 1H), 6.51(s, 1H), 4.68(q, 1H), 2.18(m, 2H), 1.17(t, 3H)


Example 114: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.81(s, 1H), 8.75(d, 1H), 8.21(s, 1H), 7.84(d, 1H), 7.47(q, 1H), 6.96(s, 1H), 6.94(t, 1H), 4.85(d, 2H), 4.60(q, 2H), 1.58(t, 3H)


Example 115: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.77(s, 1H), 8.72(d, 1H), 8.14(s, 1H), 7.83(d, 1H), 7.65(d, 1H), 7.44(q, 1H), 7.80(t, 1H), 7.6(d, 1H), 6.18(s, 1H), 4.75(d, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H)


Example 116: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.67(s, 1H), 8.55(d, 1H), 8.50(s, 1H), 7.92(d, 1H), 7.90(d, 1H), 7.78(t, 1H), 7.10(d, 1H), 6.97(s, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 3.77(s, 6H)


Example 117: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.38(s, 1H), 8.30(d, 1H), 8.17(s, 1H), 7.52-7.37(m, 6H), 6.97(t, 1H), 6.13(s, 1H), 4.77(d, 2H), 2.50(s, 3H)


Example 118: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.18(t, 1H), 8.03(s, 1H), 7.44(m, 1H), 7.30(t, 1H), 7.17(q, 1H), 6.66(s, 1H), 6.56(br, 1H), 4.28(d, 2H), 2.38(s, 1H);


Example 121: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.6 (S, 1H), 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.1 (s, 1H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.4 (dd, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.75 (d, 2H).


Example 126: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.3-7.2 (m, 2H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.8 (d, 2H).


Example 127: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (dd, 1H), 7.3-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.9-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.7 (t, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.6 (d, 2H), 3.2 (m, 4H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H)


Example 128: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.1 (s, 1H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.75 (d, 2H).


Example 129: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.3 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.75 (d, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H)


Example 130: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (dd, 1H), 7.3(dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 4.2 (d, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H).


Example 131: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.7 (t, 1H), 4.2 (q, 2H), 3.8 (dt, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 1.2 (t, 3H)


Example 132: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.7 (t, 1H), 4.2 (q, 2H), 3.8 (dt, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.05 (m, 2H) 1.2 (t, 3H)


Example 133: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.3 (dd 1H), 7.2 (dd, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.4 (t, 1H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.5 (dd, 2H), 2.4 (t, 2H), 1.8 (m, 4H)


Example 134: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.8 (d, 2H), 3.0 (s, 3H)


Example 135: 1H NMR (DMSO d6) δ 9.1 (bs, 2H), 8.4 (s, 1H), 8.0 (t, 1H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.8 (bs, 2H)


Example 136: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (m, 3H), 6.7 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.5 (d, 2H), 4.2 (s, 4H)


Example 137: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.3 (dd, 1H), 7.2 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.7 (m, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.6 (d, 2H).


Example 138: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.3 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (t, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.8 (d, 2H)


Example 139: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.2 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.7 (t, 1H), 6.6(s, 1H), 4.6 (m, 4H), 3.2 (t, 2H)


Example 140: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (dd, 1H), 7.4-7.3 (m, 3H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H)


Example 141: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.2 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.1 (m, 7H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.4 (dt, 2H), 2.6 (t, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.4 (m, 2H)


Example 171: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ8.41 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=7.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J=7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H).


Example 172: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.48 (m, 2H), 4.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H).


Example 173: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.32-8.28 (m, 2H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 6.46 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 4H).


Example 174: 1H NMR (CDCl3) d 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.16 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.07 (m, 1H), 6.92 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 4.65 (d, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H).


Example 175: 1H NMR (CDCl3) d 8.16 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 6.62-6.50 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H).


Example 176: 1H NMR (CDCl3) d 8.15 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.05 (m, 3H), 6.80 (t, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 4.65 (d, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H).


Example 177: 1H NMR (CDCl3) d 8.20 (t, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.05 (m, 8H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 5.05-4.90 (m, 2H), 3.80 (d, 1H), 3.45 (d, 1H), 3.00 (dd, 1H), 2.90 (dd, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H).


Example 181: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) □ 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.28-8.23 (d, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.60 (d, 1H), 7.62-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.47 (dd, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 5.36 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H).


Example 184: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) custom character8.96-8.90 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.70-7.61 (dd, 1H), 7.24-7.20 (dd, 1H), 6.92-6.84 (t, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 4.96-4.89 (d, 2H).


Example 186: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) custom character8.96-8.90 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.27-8.24 (d, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.76 (d, 1H), 7.73-7.70 (d, 1H), 7.58-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.08 (dd, 1H), 5.51 (s, 2H).


Example 195: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.40(s, 1H), 8.27(d, 1H), 8.03(s, 1H), 7.75-7.50(m, 2H), 6.10(s, 1H), 4.76(s, 2H), 4.05(m, 2H), 3.88(m, 2H), 3.52(m, 1H), 2.33(m, 1H), 2.20(m, 1H).


Example 196: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.73(d, 1H), 8.58(q, 1H), 8.12(s, 1H), 8.00(d, 1H), 7.54(q, 1H), 6.19(s, 1H), 4.86(s, 2H), 4.22-4.08(m, 2H), 4.03-3.93(m, 2H), 3.63(m, 1H), 2.50-2.39(m, 1H), 2.32-2.21 (m, 1H).


Example 197: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.73(d, 1H), 8.58(q, 1H), 8.12(s, 1H), 8.00(d, 1H), 7.54(q, 1H), 6.19(s, 1H), 4.86(s, 2H), 4.22-4.08(m, 2H), 4.03-3.93(m, 2H), 3.63(m, 1H), 2.50-2.39(m, 1H), 2.32-2.21 (m, 1H).


Example 199: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) custom character8.29 (s, 1H), 8.15 (brs, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.05-6.95 (appt t, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 4.62 (d, 2H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.30 (m, 1H), 1.9-1.2 (m, 8H), 0.65 (d, 3H).


Example 200: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) custom character 8.71 (s, 2H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.01-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.09-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.70 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.76 (d, 3H).


Example 203: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) custom character8.10 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 6.27 (s, 2H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 3.00-2.90 (dd, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.48 (br s, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3 h), 2.25 m, 1H), 1.95-1.70 (m, 3H).


Example 211



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Example 156 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in dry THF (4 mL) was added LiAlH4 (1.0 M in THF, 0.110 mL, 0.110 mmol) at 0° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr, warmed to 25° C., then additional LiAlH4 (1.0 M in THF, 0.400 mL) was added, the mixture was stirred for 20 min and then quenched with MeOH (2.0 mL). The solvent was evaporated and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography using 10:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH as eluent. White solid (46 mg, 49%) was obtained. LCMS: M+=416. Mp=71-72° C.


Example 212



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Example 156 (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in dry THF (3 mL) was added MeMgBr (3.0 M in Et20, 1.10 mL, 3.20 mmol) under N2. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 45 min and then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (5.0 mL). The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NH4Cl (30 mL) and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×20 mL). The extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The solvent was evaporated and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography using 20:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH as eluent. White solid (25 mg, 36%) was obtained. LCMS: M+=444. Mp=76-80° C.


Example 213



embedded image


Anhydrous DMF (40 mL) was added under N2 to the compound prepared in Preparative Example 174 (2.50 g, 8.65 mmol) and 60% NaH in mineral oil (346 mg, 8.65 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr, then 2-chloro-5-chloromethylpyridine N-oxide (1.54 g, 8.65 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (20 mL) was added slowly. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 18 hr, the solvent was evaporated and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography using 30:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH as eluent. So obtained solid was triturated by 50 mL of 1:1 EtOAc:hexane. Pale yellow solid (1.25 g, 34%) was obtained. LCMS: MH+=432. Mp=224-226° C.


Examples 214-217

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 213 combining the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 19 with compounds in Column 3 of Table 19, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 19 were prepared.

TABLE 19Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4CMPD214embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 380; mp = ° C.215embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 450; mp =218-222° C.216embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 466; mp =126-128° C.217embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 523


Example 218



embedded image


CF3CH2OH (3.0 mL) was added under N2 to 60% NaH in mineral oil (40 mg, 1.0 mmol), the mixture was stirred for 20 min, then the product prepared in Example 213 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added. The mixture was refluxed for 20 hr, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 20:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH as eluent to yield pale yellow solid (35 mg, 61%). LCMS: M2H+=496. Mp=208-210° C.


Examples 219-225

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 218 combining the compounds shown in Column 1 of Table 20 with the appropriate alcohol, the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 20 were prepared.

TABLE 20Ex.Column 1Column 2Data219embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 426; mp =126-128° C.220embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 483; mp =89-91° C.221embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 442; mp =112-114° C.222embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 462; mp =121-123° C.223embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 444; mp =112-114° C.224embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 376; mp = ° C.225embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = ; mp = ° C.


Example 226



embedded image


A mixture of the product prepared in Example 213 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) and KOH (95 mg, 1.70 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3 mL) and H2O (1.5 mL) was refluxed under N2 for 20 hr, quenched with acetic acid (0.30 mL), and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was suspended in H2O (15 mL), filtered and the solid was washed with H2O (15 mL) and Et2O (10 mL). Then it was mixed with CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and Et2O (2 mL) and filtered. Et2O (5 mL) was added to the filtrate and the mixture was allowed to stand overnight. The solid was removed by filtration, washed with Et2O and then dissolved in MeOH (5 mL). The solution was filtered and the solvent from the filtrate was evaporated. Off-white solid (5 mg, 5%) was obtained. LCMS: M+=412. Mp=206-208° C.


Example 227



embedded image


A mixture of the product prepared in Example 213 (129 mg, 0.30 mmol), N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (0.165 mL, 1.50 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.10 mL) in anhydrous N-methylpyrrolidinone (1.0 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 24 hr. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 20:1 CH2Cl2: 7N NH3 in MeOH as eluent to yield pale yellow solid (110 mg, 76%). LCMS: M+=482. Mp=76-78° C.


Examples 28-233

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 227 combining the compounds shown in Column 1 of Table 21 with the appropriate amine, the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 21 were prepared.

TABLE 21Ex.Column 1Column 2Data228embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 467; mp 126-128 = ° C.229embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 481; mp =128-130° C.230embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 494; mp =108-110° C.231embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 482; mp =129-133° C.232embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 482; mp =124-126° C.233embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 471; mp =88-90° C.


Example 234



embedded image


A mixture of the product prepared in Example 213 (80 mg, 0.19 mmol) and 2.0 M methylamine in THF was stirred in a closed pressure vessel at 50° C. for 72 hr. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 10:1 CH2Cl2: MeOH as eluent to yield pale yellow solid (40 mg, 51%). LCMS: M2H+=427. Mp=217-219° C.


Example 235



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 234, the compound shown above was prepared. LCMS: M2H+=441. Mp=98-101° C.


Example 236



embedded image


The compound prepared in Preparative Example 174 (140 mg, 0.48 mmol) and the aldehyde (71 mg, 0.58 mmol) were stirred in anhydrous THF (4 mL) at 50° C. under N2. Ti(OiPr)4 (0.574 mL, 1.92 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred at 50° C. 3 hr, and cooled to 25° C. NaBH3CN (181 mg, 2.88 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred for 2 more hr, then poured into 10% aqueous Na2CO3 (100 mL), and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×50 mL). Combined extracts were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using 15:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH as eluent to yield pale yellow solid (40 mg, 21%). LCMS: MH+=398. Mp>230° C.


Examples 237-256

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 236 combining the compounds shown in Column 2 and 3 of Table 22, the compounds shown in Column 4 of Table 22 were prepared.

TABLE 22Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4Data237embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 381; mp >200° C.238embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 387; mp = ° C.239embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 413; mp =157-159° C.240embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 419; mp =77-79° C.241embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 385; mp =214-216° C.242embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = ; mp = ° C.243embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 416; mp =80-82° C.244embedded imageembedded imageembedded image245embedded imageembedded imageembedded image246embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 452; mp =54-56° C.247embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 401; mp >200° C.248embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 474; mp >200.0.° C. dec.249embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 377; mp =65-67° C.250embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 421; mp =87-93° C.251embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 361; mp >225° C.252embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 346; mp =270-271° C.253embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 402; mp =250-255° C.254embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 416; mp =210-215° C.255embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 428; mp = 145° C.256embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = ; mp = ° C.


Example 257



embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Example 242 (100 mg, 0.24 mmol), conc. aqueous HCl (1.0 mL) and acetic acid (2.0 mL) were stirred at 100° C. under N2 for 2 hr, then poured onto Na2CO3 (15 g), and extracted with 1:1 acetone:CH2Cl2 (3×30 mL). Combined extracts were filtered, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using 10:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH as eluent to yield pale yellow solid (36 mg, 37%). LCMS: M2H+=398.


Examples 258-260

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 257 starting from the compounds shown in Column 1 of Table 23, the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 23 were prepared.

TABLE 23Ex.Column 1Column 2Data258embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M+ = 402; mp =229-231° C.259embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 416; mp =215-218° C.260embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 398; mp >230° C.


Example 261



embedded image


To a stirred solution of the compound prepared in Example 239 (41 mg, 0.10 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added 1.0 M BBr3 (0.30 mL, 0.30 mmol) in CH2Cl2 at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 5 min, then at 24° C. for 3 hr, then MeOH (2.0 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 5:1:0.1 CH2Cl2:MeOH:conc. NH4OH as eluent to yield white solid (39 mg, 99%). LCMS: M+=397. Mp>230° C.


Example 262



embedded image


A mixture of the product prepared in Example 217 (40 mg, 0.077 mmol) and 5.0 M aqueous NaOH (0.8 mL) in MeOH (3.0 mL) was refluxed under N2 for 1 hr. NaHCO3 (700 mg) was added, the solvent evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 10:1:0.1 CH2Cl2: MeOH: conc. NH4OH as eluent to yield white solid (10 mg, 35%). LCMS: M2H+=371. Mp=237-239° C.


Examples 263-264

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 262 starting from the compounds shown in Column 1 of Table 24, the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 24 were prepared.

TABLE 24Ex.Column 1Column 2Data263embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 370; mp =166-168° C.264embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: M2H+ = 371; mp =180-182° C.


Example 265



embedded image


TFA (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 197 (0.08 g, 0.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2.0 mL) at 0° C. and the resulting solution stirred 2.5 hours and stored at 4° C. overnight at which time additional TFA (0.5 mL) was added. The resulting solution was stirred 4 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was neutralized with 1N NaOH and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a 2.5% (10% NH4OH in MeOH) in CH2Cl2 solution as eluent (0.009 g, 15% yield). LCMS: MH+=396; mp=53-54° C.


Example 266



embedded image


A solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 182 (26 mg, 0.070 mmol) and potassium thiocyanate (13 mg, 0.14 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL) was cooled in a cold water bath. To it was added a solution of bromine (22 mg, 0.14 mmol) in MeOH (0.7 mL) dropwise. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at room temperature and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue obtained was suspended in a small amount of CH2Cl2. The potassium bromide was filtered off and pH of the filtrate was adjusted to about 7 by the addition of aqueous ammonia. It was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residual oil was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography using 15% MeOH in CH2Cl2 as eluent (26 mg, 87% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.75 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 2H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.22 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.84 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H); LCMS: MH+=427.


Example 267



embedded image


Boron tribromide (1 M in CH2Cl2, 0.60 mL, 0.60 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cold stirred solution of the compound prepared in Example 24 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes, allowed to warm up to room temperature, and stirred overnight. The mixture was quenched by the addition of a small amount of water and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo (45 mg, 94% yield). 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H); LCMS: MH+=396.


Example 268



embedded image


A solution of the compound from Preparative Example 184 (0.05 g, 0.15 mmol), N-methylpiperazine (20 μL, 1.2 eq.) and iPr2Et (52 μL, 2.0 eq.) in dioxane (1 mL) was heated to 70° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with H2O and saturated NaHCO3. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2, the combined organics dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by Preparative TLC using a 5% (10% NH4OH in MeOH) in CH2Cl2 solution as eluent (0.028 g, 47% yield). MS: MH+=402. mp=210° C. (dec.)


Examples 269-275

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 268 only substituting the amine in Column 2 of Table 25 and the chlorides in Column 3 of Table 25, the compounds shown in Column 4 of Table 25 are prepared:

TABLE 25Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4CMPD269embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 387 m.p. 182-183° C.270embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 373 m.p. 190-191° C.271embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 403 m.p. 227-230° C.272embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 388 m.p. 198-201° C.273embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 430 m.p. 100-103° C.274embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 456 m.p. 175-178° C.275embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 403 m.p. 218° C.


Example 276

Step A:
embedded image


4-Fluorophenyl magnesium bromide (0.68 mL, 1.2 eq.) was added to the compound prepared in Preparative Example 193 (0.20 g, 0.55 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)2 (0.037 g, 10 mol %) in THF and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 72 hours. The reaction mixture was dilute with saturated NH4Cl and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with saturated NaCl, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using neat EtOAc as eluent (0.15 g, 65% yield). MS: MH+=420.


Step B:
embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 127 only substituting the compound prepared in Example 276, Step A, the above compound was prepared (0.17 g, 94% yield).


Step C:
embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 200 only substituting the compound prepared in Example 276, Step B, the above compound was prepared (0.1 g, 100% yield).


Step D:
embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 265 only substituting the compound prepared in Example 276, Step C, the above compound was prepared (0.049 g, 62% yield). MS: MH+=414; mp=110-115° C.


Example 277

Step A:
embedded image


Pd(PPh3)4 (0.065 g, 10 mol %) was added to 3-cyanophenyl zinc iodide (2.2 mL, 0.5 M solution in THF, 2 eq.) and the compound prepared in Preparative Example 193 (0.2 g, 0.56 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL) and the resulting solution heated to 80° C. g for 144 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with saturated NH4Cl and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with H2O and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using a neat EtOAC solution as eluent (0.07 g, 29% yield). MS: MH+=427.


Step B through Step D:
embedded image


By essentially the same procedures set forth in Example 276, Step B through Step D, the above compound was prepared (0.023 g, 53% yield). MS: MH+=421; mp=230° C. (dec.)


Example 278



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 276 only substituting the appropriate cyclopropylmagnesium bromide in Step A, the compound was prepared. MS: MH+=372; m. p.=96-98° C.


Example 279



embedded image


The palladium-catalyzed zinc cross-coupling reaction was carried out in a manner similar to the procedure described in J. Org. Chem. (1999), 453. A solution of the chloropyrazolopyrimidine (200 mg, 0.458 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (53 mg, 0.046 mmol), and exo-2-norbonylzinc bromide (0.5 M in THF, 0.95 mL, 0.47 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was refluxed at 100° C. (oil bath temp.) overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with half-saturated NH4Cl and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using a 50% EtOAc in hexanes solution as eluent. A solution of the obtained N—Boc-protected product (121 mg, 53% yield, LCMS: MH+=498) and TFA (1 mL) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2, neutralized with saturated NaHCO3, and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo (96 mg, 99% yield). LCMS: MH+=398; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 6.73 (m, 1H), 5.98 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.40-1.00 (m, 11H).


Examples 280-294

By following essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 279 only substituting the chlorides shown in Column 2 of Table 26 and the organozinc reagents shown in Column 3 of Table 26, the compounds in Column 4 of Table 26 were prepared:

TABLE 26Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4Data280embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 395281embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 400282embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 412283embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 452284embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 422285embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 408286embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 404287embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 404288embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 408289embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 386290embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 464291embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 480292embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 424293embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 424294embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 426


Additional data for select compounds is shown below.


EXAMPLE 280: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.65 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01(s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H), 6.77 (m, 2H), 4.71 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (s, 3H).


EXAMPLE 281: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.80 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.02 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 4.79 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H).


EXAMPLE 282: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.81 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.68 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H).


EXAMPLE 283: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 6.74 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.19(s, 1H), 4.67 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.13 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).


EXAMPLE 284: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.73 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.61 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (sept, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.11 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H).


EXAMPLE 285: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.56-8.55 (m, 2H), 7.94(s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 6H), 6.59 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (s, 1H), 4.47 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).


EXAMPLE 286: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.67 (m, 2H), 7.94(s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 6.63 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.64(s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H).


EXAMPLE 287: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.66 (m, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 6.62 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H).


EXAMPLE 288: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.64 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.80 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 4.64 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.08 (s, 6H).


EXAMPLE 289: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.72 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 2H), 6.67 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H).


EXAMPLE 290: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.73 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J=8.1, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.79 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H).


EXAMPLE 291: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 89.12 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H).


EXAMPLE 292: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.23 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.05 (m, 5H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.09 (s, 6H).


EXAMPLE 293: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.14 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.29-7.16 (m, 6H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.78 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.54 (s, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).


EXAMPLE 294: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.67 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.19 (m, 4H), 6.78 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H).


Example 295



embedded image


To a suspension of lithium aluminum hydride (10 mg, 0.26 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise a solution of the compound prepared in Example 283 (20 mg, 0.044 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 1 hr and stirred at room temperature overnight, neutralized with dilute sulfuric acid, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography using a 5% MeOH in EtOAc solution as eluent (15 mg, 83% yield). LCMS: MH+=410; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.31 (m, 5H), 6.97 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.52 (s, 2H).


Example 296



embedded image


To a solution of the N-Boc-protected compound prepared in Example 294 (45 mg, 0.085 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (4 mL) at −50° C. was added m-CPBA (18 mg, 0.10 mmol). After stirring for 1 hr at −50° C. more m-CPBA (4 mg, 0.02 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for a further 2 hr, diluted with CH2Cl2 (20 mL), and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography using a 2.5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 solution as eluent. A solution of the obtained N-Boc-protected product (37 mg, 80% yield, LCMS: MH+=542) and TFA (1 mL) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2, neutralized with saturated NaHCO3, and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography using a 5% MeOH in EtOAc solution as eluent (26 mg, 89% yield). LCMS: MH+=442; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.1, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 4.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H).


Example 297



embedded image


To a solution of the N—Boc-protected compound prepared in Example 294 (56 mg, 0.11 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (4 mL) at 0° C. was added m-CPBA (42 mg, 0.24 mmol). After stirring for 2 hr at room temperature more m-CPBA (13 mg, 0.075 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with CH2Cl2 (20 mL), and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography using a 2.5% MeOH in EtOAc solution as eluent. A solution of the obtained N-Boc-protected product (29 mg, 49% yield, LCMS: MH+=558) and TFA (1 mL) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2, neutralized with saturated NaHCO3, and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography using a 2.5% MeOH in EtOAc solution as eluent (21 mg, 90% yield). LCMS: MH+=458; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.64 (s, 2H), 8.20 (m, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 6.82 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H).


Example 298



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Preparative Example 127 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 189, the above compound was prepared. MS: MH+=334; mp=170-173° C.


Examples 299-300

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 298 only substituting the compound shown in Table 27, Column 2, the compounds shown in Table 27, Column 3 were prepared:

TABLE 27Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD299embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 348 m.p. = 73-83° C.300embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 362 m.p. = 165-175° C.


Example 301



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 186 (0.1 g, 0.21 mmol) in THF (4.0 mL) at −78° C. was added nBuLi (0.57 mL, 2.16M in hexanes, 5.0 eq.) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred 2 hours at −78° C., quenched with H2O, warmed to room temperature, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by Preparative TLC using a 2.5% (10% NH4OH in CH3OH) solution in CH2Cl2 as eluent (0.013 g, 20% yield). MS: MH+=326; mp=71-72° C.


Example 302



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 301 only substituting the compound from Preparative Example 187, the above compound was prepared (0.049 g, 68% yield). MS: MH+=344; mp=69-71° C.


Example 303



embedded image


To a solution of 3-H adduct from Preparative Example 187.1 (0.70 g, 2.32 mmol) in DMF (4.2 mL) at 0° C. was added POCl3 (0.67 mL, 7.2 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 14 h at rt, cooled to 0° C., and was quenched by addition of ice. 1N NaOH was carefully added to adjust pH to 8 and the mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×25 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was recrystallized from EtOAc to afford 0.43 g (56%) of a yellow solid. mp 181-183° C.; M+H=330.


Example 304



embedded image



Step A:


To a solution of aldehyde (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) from Example 303 in THF (1 mL) at 0° C. was added cyclohexyl magnesium bromide (0.46 mL, 2.0M in Et2O) dropwise over 5 min. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and at rt for 12 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and was treated with sat. aq. NH4Cl (3 mL) and CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (1×5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 110 mg (89%) of a light yellow semisolid. M+H=414. This material was carried on crude to Step B without further purification.


Step B:


To a solution of alcohol (53 mg, 0.13 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) at 0° C. was added Et3SiH (24 μL, 0.15 mmol) followed by TFA (24 μL, 0.30 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0° C. and rt for 2 h whereupon additional portions of Et3SiH (24 mL, 0.15 mmol) and TFA (24 μL, 0.30 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred for 3 h at rt (until complete by TLC). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2.5 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (1×5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by prep TLC (8×1000 mM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (22:1) to afford 29 mg (56%) of a yellow semisolid. M+H=398.


Examples 305-312

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 304, utilizing the aldehyde from Example 303 and substituting the Grignard or organolithium reagents shown in Column 2 of Table 28, the compounds in Column 3 of Table 28 were prepared:

TABLE 28CMPDColumn 2Column 31. mp (° C.)Ex.(Organometallic)(Final Structure)2. M + H305embedded imageembedded image1. yellow oil 2. M + H =392306embedded imageembedded image1. red oil 2. M + H =353307embedded imageembedded image1. red oil 2. M + H =398308embedded imageembedded image1. yellow oil 2. M + H =406309embedded imageembedded image1. yellow semisolid 2. M + H =384310embedded imageembedded image1. semisolid 2. M + H =340311embedded imageembedded image1. mp =141-143 2. M + H =358312embedded imageembedded image1. mp =148-150 2. M + H =372


Example 313



embedded image


To solution of aldehyde (81 mg, 0.25 mmol) from Example 303 in benzene (2.5 mL) was added carboethoxymethylene triphenyl phosphorane (0.12 g, 0.33 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h, cooled to rt, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted CH2Cl2 (5 mL), brine (2 mL) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×4 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (8×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 98 mg (100%) of white solid. mp 151-153° C.; M+H=400.


Example 314



embedded image


To a mixture of benzyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (0.59 g, 1.37 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added NaH (55 mg, 1.37 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The aldehyde (0.15 g, 0.46 mmol) from Example 303 was added in a single portion and the mixture was heated at reflux for 36 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted CH2Cl2 (5 mL), brine (2 mL) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×4 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (8×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 58 mg (32%) of yellow solid. mp 138-141° C.; M+H=404.


Example 315



embedded image


To a solution of aldehyde (0.20 g, 0.60 mmol) from Example 303 in THF (3 mL) was added Ti (i-OPr)4 (0.36 mL, 1.21 mmol) dropwise followed by addition of (S)-(−)-2-methyl-2-propanesulfinamide (74 mg, 0.61 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at reflux, cooled to rt, and quenched with brine (2 mL). The mixture was filtered thru a pad of Celite which was washed with EtOAc (2×2 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×4 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (8×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 0.21 g (80%) of yellow solid. mp 108-110° C.; M+H=433.


Example 316



embedded image


Prepared in the same fashion as Example 315 except substituting (R)-(−)-2-methyl-2-propanesulfinamide to afford 0.25 g (94%) as a yellow solid. mp 107-109° C.; M+H=433.


Example 317



embedded image



Step A:


To a solution of sulfinimine (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) from Example 316 in CH2Cl2 (2.5 mL) at −40° C. was added MeMgBr (96 mL, 0.29 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at −40° C. and was stirred at rt for 12 h. An additional portion of MeMgBr (96 mL, 0.29 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 12 h. Sat. aq. NH4Cl (2 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×4 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 30 mg (58%) of crude residue. This material was taken onto the next step without purification.


Step B:


The crude material from Step A (30 mg, 0.067 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added conc. HCl (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude material was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (3 mL) and sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×3 mL) and the organic layers were combined. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 6 mg (24%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid. mp 100-102° C.; M+H=345.


Example 318



embedded image


To a solution of aldehyde (75 mg, 0.23 mmol) from Example 300 in THF/CH2Cl2 (5 mL/1 mL) at rt was added MeONH2.HCl (38 mg, 0.46 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of pyridine (46 μL, 0.57 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 72 h at rt whereupon the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude material was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (3 mL) and sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×3 mL) and the organic layers were combined. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (3×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (22:1) to afford 90 mg (100%) of light yellow solid. mp 173-175° C.; M+H=359.


Example 319



embedded image


To solution of aldehyde (60 mg, 0.18 mmol) from Example 303 at EtOH (2.5 mL) was added oxindole (48 mg, 0.37 mmol) followed by piperidine (3 drops). The mixture was heated at reflux for 14 h and the mixture was cooled to rt. The resultant precipitate was filtered and washed with cold EtOH (2×2 mL). The product was dried under high vacuum to afford 81 mg (100%) of the title compound as an orange/brown solid. mp 182-185° C.; M+H=445.


Example 320



embedded image


To a solution of 3-H analog (106 mg, 0.35 mmol) from Preparative Example 187.10 in AcOH (2 mL) was added 37% aqueous formaldehyde (1.5 ml; 1.40 mmol) followed by piperidine (100 μL; 0.37 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 24 h and the AcOH was removed under reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted with water (2 mL) and neutralized with 2M NaOH until pH=8. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×7 mL) and the organic layers were combined. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×4 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 96 mg (69%) of an off-white solid. mp 88-90° C.; M+H 399.


Examples 321-322

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 320 only substituting the amines in Column 2 of Table 29 and employing the 3-H adduct from Preparative Example 187.10, the compounds in Column 3 of Table 29 were prepared:

TABLE 29CMPDColumn 2Column 31. mp (° C.)Ex.(Amine)(Final Structure)2. M + H321embedded imageembedded image1. mp =178-180 2. M + H =401322embedded imageembedded image1. mp =102-104 2. M + H =414


Example 323



embedded image


To a solution of 3-H analog (113 mg, 0.38 mmol) from Preparative Example 187.10 in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) at rt was added AlCl3 (215 mg, 1.61 mmol) followed by AcCl (100 mL, 1.40 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 12 h and was cooled to rt. The mixture was treated sequentially with 3M HCl (3 mL) followed by sat. aq. NaHCO3 (until pH=8). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (8×1000 mM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 68 mg (52%) of white solid. mp 220-221° C.; M+H=344.


Example 324



embedded image


Utilizing the method described in Example 323, except employing benzoyl chloride, the title compound was prepared in 61% yield as a white solid. mp 172-175° C.; M+H=406.


Example 325



embedded image


To a solution of ketone (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) from Example 323 in CH2Cl2 (2.5 mL) at 0° C. was added MeMgBr (0.35 mL, 3.0M in Et2O) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at rt and was carefully quenched by addition of sat. aq. NH4Cl (2 mL) and CH2Cl2 (2 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×4 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (8×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (10:1) to afford 68 mg (52%) of a yellow solid. mp 160-162° C.; M+H=360.


Example 326



embedded image


To a solution of ketone (84 mg, 0.24 mmol) from Example 323 in MeOH/THF (1:1; 2 mL total) at 0° C. was added NaBH4 (12 mg, 0.30 mmol) in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at rt whereupon and additional portion of NaBH4 (12 mg, 0.30 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 12 h whereupon the mixture was quenched with ice followed by addition of 1M NaOH to adjust the pH=9. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×4 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (8×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (10:1) to afford 25 mg (30%) of a yellow solid. mp 148-150° C.; M+H=346.


Example 327



embedded image


Using the same procedure as outlined in Example 326, the ketone (84 mg, 0.21 mmol) was converted to 53 mg (62%) as a light yellow solid. mp 78-80° C.; M+H=408.


Example 328



embedded image


To a solution of 3-H adduct (1.3 g, 4.31 mmol) from Preparative Example 187.10 in CH2Cl2(50 mL) was added Eschenmoser's salt (0.79 g, 4.31 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of TFA (0.56 mL, 7.33 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 48 h and was diluted with CH2Cl2 (250 mL). The organic layer was washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2×125 mL) to afford 1.41 h (92%) of a yellow solid. mp 231-233° C.; M+H=359.


Example 329



embedded image


To a solution of tertiary amine adduct (100 mg, 0.28 mmol) from Example 328 in 50% aq. DMF (5 mL) in a pressure tube was added KCN (0.15 g, 2.32 mmol). The tube was capped and heated at 100° C. for 96 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and was diluted with EtOAc (25 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (1×5 mL) and water (1×5 mL). The organic layers was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (4×1000 μM) eluting with EtOAc to afford 21 mg (30%) of brown solid. mp 152-155° C.; M+H=341.


Example 330



embedded image


To a solution of alcohol (45 mg, 0.14 mmol) from Example 17.10 in CH2Cl2 (0.7 mL) at 0° C. was added Et3SiH (26 μL, 0.16 mmol) followed by TFA (25 mL, 0.33 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0° C. and rt for 2 h whereupon additional portions of Et3SiH (26 μL, 0.16 mmol) and TFA (25 μL, 0.33 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred for 4 h at rt (until complete by TLC). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (3 mL) and sat. aq. NaHCO3 (1.5 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×4 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (1×5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by prep TLC (4×1000 mM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 21 mg (48%) of a yellow solid. mp 146-148° C.; M+H=316.


Example 331



embedded image


To a solution of 3-H adduct (90 mg, 0.30 mmol) from Preparative Example 187.10 in conc. H2SO4 (2 mL) at 0° C. was added fuming HNO3 (30 μL, 0.72 mmol) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. whereupon ice (˜1 g) was added to the mixture. The resulting precipitate was collected and was washed with water (2×2 mL) and CH2Cl2 (2×2 mL). The crude product was dried under high vacuum to afford 67 mg (60%) of the monosulfate salt as a yellow/orange solid. mp 250° C.; M+H (free base)=392.


Example 332

Step A:
embedded image


To a solution of aldehyde (0.10 g, 0.39 mmol) from Preparative Example 168 in THF (2.5 mL) at 0° C. was added CF3TMS (64 mL, 0.43 mmol) followed by CsF (10 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0° C. and 2 h at rt. 1M HCl (5 mL) was added and the mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL). The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 127 mg (99%) of a yellow semisolid. M+H=328. The crude product was carried on without further purification.


Step B:
embedded image


By utilizing the general procedure set forth in Example 1, the 7-Cl adduct (127 mg, 0.39 mmol) from Example 332, Step A was reacted with 3-(aminomethyl)pyridine (73 μL, 0.43 mmol) to afford 80 mg (51%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid. mp 68-72° C.; M+H=400.


Example 333



embedded image


To a solution of aniline (200 mg, 0.69 mmol) from Preparative Example 174 in THF (6 mL) at rt was added aldehyde (114 mg, 0.83 mmol) from Preparative Example 256 followed by dropwise addition of Ti(i-OPr)4 (0.82 mL, 2.77 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 4 h and was cooled to rt. NaCNBH3 (347 mg, 5.53 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt. The mixture was cooled to 0° C., treated with 1M NaOH (4 mL) and brine (1 mL) and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×10 mL) and the organic layers were combined. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×7 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (8×1000 νM plates) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (25:1) to afford 89 mg (31%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. mp 210-213° C.; M+H=411.


Examples 334-337

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 333 only by utilizing the anilines shown in Column 2 of Table 30 and the aldehydes shown in Column 3 of Table 30, the compounds in Column 4 of Table 30 were prepared:

TABLE 30CMPDColumn 2Column 3Column 41. mp (° C.)Ex.(Aniline)(Aldehyde)(Final Structure)2. M + H334embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =85-87 2. M + H =425335embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =160-162 2. M + H =451336embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =117-119 2. M + H =382337embedded imageembedded imageembedded image1. mp =171-175 2. M + H =400


Example 338



embedded image


embedded image



Step A:


Reaction of aniline (0.20 g, 0.69 mmol) with aldehyde (0.13 g, 0.83 mmol) under the reaction conditions described in Example 333 afforded 70 mg (23%) of thiomethyl derivative as a yellow solid. M+H=428.


Step B:


To a solution of thiomethyl derivative (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) from Example 338, Step A in dioxane (2 mL) was added Boc2O (61 mg, 0.28 mmol) followed by DMAP (21 mg, 0.17 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 14 h at rt and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (6×1000 μM plates) eluting with hexanes/EtOAc (4:1) to afford 61 mg (83%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. M+H=528.


Step C:


To a solution of thiomethyl derivative from Example 338, Step B (41 mg, 0.078 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added MCPBA (33 mg, 0.19 mmol) in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h at rt and the mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2.5 mL). The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×5 mL), and the organic layers were combined. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 40 mg (92%) of the sulfone adduct as a light yellow solid. M+H=560.


Step D:


To a flask charged with sulfone from Example 338, Step C (75 mg, 0.13 mmol) and a stir bar was added morpholine (2 ml; 22 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 12 h, cooled to rt, and concentrated to dryness under high vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (6×1000 μM plates) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (40:1) to afford 41 mg (68%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. mp 209-210° C.; M+H=466.


Example 339



embedded image


The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 338 except using benzyl amine to afford 12 mg (70%) of a white solid. mp 194-196; M+H=487.


Example 340



embedded image



Step A:


To a solution of 5-chloro adduct (0.15 g, 0.34 mmol) in dioxane/DIPEA (2.5 mL/1.0 mL) at rt was added cyclopentylamine (0.041 μL, 0.41 mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at reflux for 16 h, cooled to rt, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (8×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (25:1) to afford 148 mg (89%) of a yellow oil. M+H=489.


Step B: Removal of the t-butoxycarbonyl Protecting Group with TFA


To a solution of the compound prepared in Example 340, Step A (135 mg, 0.28 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) at rt was added TFA (0.54 mL, 7.0 mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred for 18 h at rt and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was redissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and the organic layer was sequentially washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2×2 mL) and brine (1×2 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (8×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 105 mg (97%) of white solid. mp 120-122° C.; M+H=389.


Example 341



embedded image



Step A:


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 340 only substituting the appropriate amine, the above compound was prepared. MS: MH+=431.


Step B: Removal to t-butoxycarbonyl Protecting Group with KOH.
embedded image


To a mixture of the compound prepared in Example 341, Step A (0.14 g, 0.26 mmol) in EtOH: H2O (3 mL, 2:1) was added KOH (0.29 g, 20 eq.) in one portion. The resulting solution was stirred at reflux 14 hours, cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and diluted with saturated NaHCO3 (2 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×4 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (8×1000 μM) eluting with 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 solution (0.066 g, 59% yield). MS: MH+=432; mp=219-221° C.


Examples 342-397

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 340 only substituting the chlorides in Column 2 of Table 31 and removing the t-butoxycarbonyl protecting group by the method shown in Column 3 of Table 31, the compounds shown in Column 4 of Table 31 were prepared.

TABLE 31Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4CMPD342embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 403 m.p. 151-157° C.343embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 466 m.p. 212-217° C.344embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 405 m.p. 53-58° C.345embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 405 m.p. 63-69° C.346embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 363 m.p. 170-171° C.347embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 407 m.p. 148-151° C.348embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 435 m.p. 56-59° C.349embedded imageHClembedded imageMS: MH+ = 445 m.p. 66-68° C.350embedded imageKOHembedded imageMS: MH+ = 417 m.p. 149-151° C.351embedded imageKOHembedded imageMS: MH+ = 431 m.p. 111-114° C.352embedded imageKOHembedded imageMS: MH+ = 417 m.p. 53-58° C.353embedded imageKOHembedded imageMS: MH+ = 456 m.p. 186-189° C.354embedded imageKOHembedded imageMS: MH+ = 416 m.p. 210-213° C.355embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =68-70 2. M + H = 494356embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =181-183 2. M + H = 404357embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =69-71 2. M + H = 494358embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =182-184 2. M + H = 404359embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =202-204 2. M + H = 418360embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =160-162 2. M + H = 402361embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =151-153 2. M + H = 416362embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =140-143 2. M + H = 418363embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =139-142 2. M + H = 418364embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =115-117 2. M + H = 418366embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =102-104 2. M + H = 445367embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =118-120 2. M + H = 474368embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =106-108 2. M + H = 474369embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =160-161 2. M + H = 464370embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =93-95 2. M + H = 432371embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =108-110 2. M + H = 432372embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =180-182 2. M + H = 418373embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =169-170 2. M + H = 417374embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =77-79 2. M + H = 479375embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =76-79 2. M + H = 479376embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =105-107 2. M + H = 389377embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =105-107 2. M + H = 389378embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =130-133 2. M + H = 389379embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =132-135 2. M + H = 431380embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =135-137 2. M + H = 372381embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp =78-82 2. M + H = 432382embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =101-103 2. M + H = 432383embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =92-95 2. M + H = 472384embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =107-111 2. M + H = 444384.10embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =2. M + H = 417384.11embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =210-212 2. M + H = 391385embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =122-124 2. M + H = 403386embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =186-188 2. M + H = 491387embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =173-175 2. M + H = 483388embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =167-169 2. M + H = 450389embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =90-92 2. M + H = 374390embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =113-115 2. M + H = 404391embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp =114-116 2. M + H = 404392HNMe2TFAembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 347;393H2NMeTFAembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 333;394embedded imageTFAembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 359;395embedded imageTFAembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 405;396embedded imageTFAembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 405;397embedded imageTFAembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 391;


Additional data for select example shown below:


Example 392: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=7.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (s, 1H), 4.61 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.01 (s, 6H).


Example 393: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.65 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J=8.1, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.56 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 3H).


Example 394: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J=7.8, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (s, 1H), 5.35 (s, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 0.75 (m, 2H), 0.51 (m, 2H).


Example 395: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.65 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J=8.1, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.54 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.79 (dd, J=10.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J=11.1, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.59-1.36 (m, 4H), 0.94 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).


Example 396: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.60 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J=7.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 4.86 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.78 (dd, J=11.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J=11.1, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.57-1.34 (m, 4H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).


Example 397: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.65 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 6.43 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (s, 1H), 4.88 (m, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.61 (m, 4H).


Examples 398-416

By essentially the same conditions set forth in Example 341, Steps A and B only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 193.10, the compounds in Column 4 of Table 32 were prepared.

TABLE 32Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4CMPD398embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 419 m.p. 102-105° C.399embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 421 m.p. 79-81° C.400embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 421 m.p. 78-79° C.401embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 433 m.p. 228-231° C.402embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 447 m.p. 97-102° C.403embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 421 m.p. ° C.404embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 421 m.p. ° C.405embedded imageembedded imageMS: MH+ = 386 m.p. ° C.407embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp = 98-100 2. M + H = 390408embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp = 170-173 2. M + H = 404409embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp = 219-221 2. M + H = 420410embedded imageKOHembedded image1. mp = 110-112 2. M + H = 448411embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp = 81-83 2. M + H = 448412embedded imageTFAembedded image1. mp = 136-138 2. M + H = 448413NaOMeKOHembedded image1. mp = 107-110 2. M + H = 351414embedded imageembedded imageLCMS: MH+ = 375;


Additional data for select examples shown below:


Example 414: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.26(s, 1H), 8.23 (m, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.27 (m, 3H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.35 (m, 2H).


Example 403: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6+CDCl3) δ8.08 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 2H), 5.65 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (s, 1H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 4.29 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.17 (m, 4H), 0.71 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).


Example 404: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (m, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 4.70 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (s, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 1.53 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.25 (m, 3H), 0.86 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).


Examples 417-421

By the procedure set forth in Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1999, 47, 928-938. utilizing the oxygen or sulfur nucleophiles shown in Column 2 as described of Table 33 and by employing the cleavage method listed in Column 3 of Table 33, the compounds in Column 4 of Table 33 were prepared:

TABLE 33Column 3CMPDColumn 2(CleavageColumn 41. mp.Ex.(Nucleophile)method)(Final Structure)2. M + H417NaSMeTFAembedded image1. mp = 172-175 2. M + H = 351418NaSt-BuTFAembedded image1. mp = 165-168 2. M + H = 392419NaSPhTFAembedded image1. mp = 154-156 2. M + H = 412420NaOMeTFAembedded image1. mp = 161-163 2. M + H = 335421NaOPhTFAembedded image1. mp = 64-66 2. M + H = 397


Example 422



embedded image


To a solution of amino compound (18 mg, 0.043 mmol) from Example 373 in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) at rt was added DIPEA (10 μL, 0.056 mmol) followed by MeSO2Cl (4 mL, 0.052 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h and was diluted with CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was extracted with brine (1×2 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (4×1000 μM) eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (20:1) to afford 16 mg (75%) of white solid. mp 152-154° C.; M+H=495.


Examples 423-424

Utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 422, the amino compounds (Column 2) were converted to the corresponding methylsulfonamides (Column 3) in Table 34.

TABLE 34CMPDColumn 2Column 31. mp.Ex.(Amine)(Final Structure)2. M + H423embedded imageembedded image1. mp = 166-168 2. M + H = 467424embedded imageembedded image1. mp = 165-168 2. M + H = 467


Example 425

Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 194 (132 mg, 0.25 mmol), tributylvinyltin (95 mg, 0.30 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphospine) palladium (29 mg, 0.025 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (5 mL) was refluxed under N2 for 24 hr. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 2:1 CH2Cl2:EtOAc as eluent to yield yellow waxy solid (53 mg, 50%). LCMS: MH+=428.


Step B:
embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Example 425, Step A (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) and KOH (100 mg, 1.80 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) and H2O (0.6 mL) was stirred at 70° C. under N2 for 24 hr. NaHCO3 (1.0 g), Na2SO4 (2.0 g), and CH2Cl2 (20 mL) were added, the mixture was shaken and then filtered. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 20:1:0.1 CH2Cl2:MeOH:conc.NH4OH as eluent to yield yellow waxy solid (17 mg, 45%). LCMS: MH+=328. Mp=48-51° C.


Example 426

Step A:
embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 425, Step A only using tributylmethylethynyltin, the compound shown above was prepared.


Step B:
embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Example 426, Step A (150 mg, 0.34 mmol) and PtO2 (30 mg, 0.13 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (5 mL) was stirred under 1 atmosphere of H2 for 20 hr. The mixture was filtered, fresh PtO2 (30 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred under 1 atmosphere of H2 for 2.5 hr. The mixture was poured onto Na2CO3 (20 g) and H2O (200 mL) and it was extracted with CH2Cl2 (4×20 mL). The combined extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 1:1 CH2Cl2:EtOAc as eluent to yield yellow waxy solid (68 mg, 45%).


Step C:
embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 425, Step B only substituting the compound prepared in Example 426, Step B, the compound shown above was prepared, MS: MH+=344. Mp=110-112° C.


Example 427

Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 194 (527 mg, 1.00 mmol), triethyl(trifluoromethyl)silane (666 mg, 3.60 mmol), potassium fluoride (210 mg, 3.60 mmol), and CuI (850 mg, 4.46 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (4 mL) was stirred in a closed pressure vessel at 80° C. for 72 hr. CH2Cl2 (80 mL) was added and the mixture was filtered through Celite. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 2:1 CH2Cl2: EtOAc as eluent to yield pale orange waxy solid (70 mg, 15%). LCMS: M+=470.


Step B:
embedded image


TFA (0.70 mL) was added at 0° C. under N2 to a stirred solution of the compound prepared in Example 427, Step A (70 mg, 0.15 mmol), in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 10 min, then at 25° C. for 2 hr. It was poured into 10% aqueous Na2CO3 (50 mL), extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×15 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using EtOAc as eluent to yield off-white solid (40 mg, 73%). LCMS: M+=370. Mp=156-158° C.


Example 428

Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 193 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol), tetracyclopropylltin (91 mg, 0.32 mmol), Pd2 dba3 (8.0 mg, 0.009 mmol) and Pd(Pt-Bu3)2 (9.0 mg, 0.017 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (3 mL) was refluxed under N2 for 27 hr. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 1:1 CH2Cl2:EtOAc as eluent to yield colorless waxy solid (38 mg, 38%). LCMS: MH+=366.


Step B:
embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Example 428, Step A (36 mg, 0.10 mmol) and KOH (300 mg, 5.40 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL), 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3.0 mL0 and H2O (0.8 mL) was refluxed under N2 for 4 hr. It was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (100 mL), extracted with CH2Cl2 (5×10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 30:1 EtOAc:MeOH as eluent to yield colorless waxy (18 mg, 69%). LCMS: MH+=266.


Step C:
embedded image


N-bromosuccinimide (12 mg, 0.068 mmol) in anhydrous CH3CN (2 mL) was added under N2 to a stirred solution of the compound prepared in Example 428, Step B (18 mg, 0.068 mmol), in anhydrous CH3CN (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hr. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using EtOAc as eluent to yield 5 mg (17%) of the dibromo compound (white solid, LCMS: MH+=370, mp=150-152° C.) and 8 mg (34%) of the monobromo compound (colorless solid, LCMS: M+=344, mp=196-198° C.).


Example 429

Step A:
embedded image


1,3-propanesultam (72 mg, 0.60 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 mL) was added under N2 to 60% NaH in mineral oil (36 mg, 0.90 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 20 min, then the compound prepared in Preparative Example 196 (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 30 min, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using EtOAc as eluent to yield colorless solid (150 mg, 63%). LCMS: M+=523.


Step B:
embedded image


TFA (1.5 mL) was added at 0° C. under N2 to a stirred solution of the compound prepared in Preparative Example 196 (140 mg, 0.27 mmol), in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 10 min, then at 25° C. for 2 hr. It was poured onto Na2CO3 (10 g), extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×50 mL), and filtered. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 40:1 EtOAc:MeOH as eluent to yield white solid (32 mg, 28%). LCMS: M+=423. Mp=218-220° C.


Example 430



embedded image


3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (1 equivalent) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129), or 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-phenylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (1 equivalent) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 127), R1NH2 (1.2 equivalents) and diisopropyl ethylamine (2 equivalents) were dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane and the mixture was heated at 75° C. for the time given in Table 97. The solution was evaporated to dryness and the residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column as described in Table 97, to give the title compound.


Using the appropriate reactants and essentially the same procedure as described above, the products of Examples 431 to 438 were prepared. Variations in the reaction conditions are noted in Table 35.

TABLE 35FABMSReactionChromatographicEx.StructureMWMH+ConditionsYieldData431embedded image463.8463.075° C./ 26 h52%15x2.5 cm 0.5-2% (10% Conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)- dichloromethane432embedded image429.3429.275° C./ 26 h 25° C./ 39 h53%15x5 cm Dichloromethane; 1.5% (10% Conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)- dichloromethane433embedded image477.8477.175° C./ 26 h48%15x5 cm Dichloromethane; 3.5-15% (10% Conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)- dichloromethane434embedded image477.8477.075° C./ 26 h50%15x5 cm Dichloromethane; 3.5-15% (10% Conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)- dichloromethane435embedded image434.8434.175° C./ 24 h 25° C./ 65 h53%15x2.5 cm 3% (10% Conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)- dichloromethane436embedded image434.8434.275° C./ 27 h31%15x2.5 cm 3% (10% Conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)- dichloromethane437embedded image438.7438.175° C./ 21 h 25° C./ 46 h97%15x2.5 cm 0.25% (10% Conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)- dichloromethane438embedded image438.7438.175° C./ 28 h −20 ° C./ 72 h95%60x2.5 cm 20% Ethyl acetate in hexane


Additional physical data for the compounds are given below:


Example 431

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (110 mg, 0.318 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129); 3-(aminomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (60 mg, 0.382 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 241 above); disopropyl ethylamine (0.111 mL, 0.636 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (2.5 mL). Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 463.0628 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H21N6OBrCl: m/z 463.0649: δH (CDCl3) 1.38 (1H, m, CH2), 1.52 (1H, m, CH2), 1.73 (1H, m, CH), 1.93 (1H, m, CH2), 2.02 (1H, m, CH2), 2.98 (1H, m, CH2), 3.06 (1H, m, CH2), 3.37 (2H, m, CH2), 3.58 (1H, m, CH2), 3.82 (1H, m, CH2), 4.87 (2H, bm, CONH2), 6.28 (1H, s, H6), 7.02 (1H, m, NH), 7.36 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.45 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.68 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.00 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 23.7, 28.1, 44.6, 45.5, 47.2; CH: 35.2, 87.4, 127.2, 130.1, 130.3, 131.6, 143.9: C: 83.1, 132.1, 138.6, 145.5, 146.5, 158.0, 158.4.


Example 432

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-phenylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (500 mg, 1.62 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 127); 3-(aminomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (306 mg, 1.944 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 241 above); diisopropyl ethylamine (0.566 mL, 3.24 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (13 mL). Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 429.1031 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H22N6OBr: m/z 429.1038; δH (CDCl3) 1.44 (1H, m, CH2), 1.59 (1H, m, CH2), 1.79 (1H, m, CH), 2.01 (1H, m, CH2), 2.08 (1H, m, CH2), 3.03 (1H, m, CH2), 3.13 (1H, m, CH2), 3.39 (1H, m, CH2), 3.47 (1H, m, CH2), 3.63 (1H, m, CH2), 3.90 (1H, m, CH2), 4.88 (2H, bm, CONH2), 6.40 (1H, s, H6), 6.90 (1H, m, NH), 7.53 (2H, m, Ar—H), 8.02 (1H, s, H2) and 8.12 (1H, m, Ar—H); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 23.7, 28.2, 44.7, 45.5, 47.3; CH: 35.2, 82.9, 127.5, 127.5, 128.7, 128.7, 130.0, 143.9; C: 83.0, 138.5, 145.8, 147.1, 158.3, 158.5.


Example 433

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (347 mg, 1.01 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129); 3-(aminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (208 mg, 1.21 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 242 above); diisopropyl ethylamine (0.393 mL, 2.02 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (9 mL). Physical properties: δH (CDCl3) 1.24 (1H, m, CH2), 1.55 (1H, m, CH), 1.72 (4H, m, CH2), 1.93 (1H, m, CH2), 2.69 (1H, m, CH2), 2.94 (1H, m, CH2), 3.55 (2H, m, CH2), 3.73 (1H, m, CH2), 3.98 (1H, m, CH2), 4.83 (2H, bm, CONH2), 6.55 (1H, s, H6), 6.78 (1H, m, NH), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.50 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.04 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 24.6, 30.7, 32.6, 39.9, 45.3, 49.3; CH: 33.3, 87.5, 127.4, 130.1, 130.2, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.2, 132.1, 138.8, 145.7, 146.2, 158.1, 158.1.


Example 434

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (275 mg, 0.803 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129); 4-(aminoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (165 mg, 0.963 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 243 above); diisopropyl ethylamine (0.311 mL, 0.963 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (7.2 mL). Physical properties: δH (d6-DMSO) 1.00 (2H, m, CH2), 1.50 (1H, m, CH), 1.59 (2H, m, CH2), 1.67 (2H, m, CH2), 2.60 (2H, m, CH2), 3.48 (2H, m, CH2), 3.70 (2H, m, CH2), 5.84 (2H, bs, CONH2), 6.43 (1H, s, H6), 7.50 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.62 (2H, m, Ar—H), 8.30 (1H, s, H2) and 8.36 ppm (1H, m, NH); δC (d6-DMSO)CH2: 31.5, 31.5, 34.8, 43.5, 43.5, 43.5; CH: 32.8, 86.8, 127.1, 129.7, 130.3, 131.0, 143.3; CH: 81.3, 131.0, 138.7, 145.1, 146.4, 157.3, 157.8.


Example 435

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-phenylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (174 mg, 0.507 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129) and 3-(aminomethyl)-1-methylpiperidine (65 mg, 0.507 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 244 above); diisopropyl ethylamine (0.178 mL, 1.014 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (2.5 mL). Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 434.0742 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H22N5BrCl: m/z 434.0747; δH (CDCl3) 1.18 (1H, m, CH2), 1.68 (1H, m, CH2), 1.80 (1H, m, CH2), 1.87 (1H, m, CH2), 1.96 (1H, m, CH), 2.14 (2H, m, CH2), 2.32 (3H, s, NCH3), 2.75 (1H, m, CH2), 2.29 (1H, m, CH2), 3.42 (2H, m, —NHCH2CH), 6.36 (1H, s, H6), 6.64 (1H, bm, NH), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.74 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.06 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 46.6; CH2: 24.4, 27.9, 46.1, 56.1, 59.6; CH: 36.0, 87.4, 127.1, 130.1, 130.2, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.2, 132.1, 138.9, 145.6, 146.4, 158.2.


Example 436

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-phenylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (111.4 mg, 0.325 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129); 4-(aminomethyl)-1-methylpiperidine (50 mg, 0.39 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 245 above); diisopropyl ethylamine (0.1135 mL, 0.65 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (1.5 mL). Physical data: HRFABMS: m/z 434.0735 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H22N5BrCl: m/z 434.0747; δH (CDCl3) 1.42 (2H, m, CH2), 1.72 (1H, m, CH), 1.82 (2H, m, CH2), 1.93 (2H, m, CH2), 2.20 (3H, s, NCH3), 2.89 (2H, m, CH2), 3.34 (2H, m, —NHCH2CH), 6.31 (1H, s, H6), 6.46 (1H, m, NH), 7.36 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.46 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.70 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.00 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 46.4; CH2: 30.2, 30.2, 48.0, 55.3, 55.3; CH: 35.4, 87.5, 127.2, 130.2, 130.2, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.3, 132.2, 138.9, 145.7, 146.4, 158.1.


Example 437

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-phenylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (191 mg, 0.557 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129); 3-(aminomethyl)benzonitrile (88.3 mg, 0.668 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 246 above); diisopropyl ethylamine (0.192 mL, 1.114 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (4.5 mL). Physical data: HRFABMS: m/z 438.0125 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H12N5BrCl: m/z 438.0121; δH (CDCl3) 4.76 (2H, d, —CH2NH—), 6.32 (1H, s, H6), 7.00 (1H, m, —CH2NH—), 7.40 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.46 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.55 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.67 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.71 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m Ar—H) and 8.10 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 45.5; CH: 88.2, 127.2, 130.0, 130.2, 130.4, 130.6, 131.4, 131.6, 131.9, 144.1; C: 83.8, 113.4, 118.3, 132.0, 137.8, 138.3, 145.6, 145.9, 158.0.


Example 438

Reactants: 3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-phenylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (233.5 mg, 0.681 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129); 4-(aminomethyl)benzonitrile (108 mg, 0.817 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 247 above); diisopropyl ethylamine (0.235 mL, 1.362 mmoles); anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5.3 mL). Physical data: HRFABMS: m/z 438.0117 (MH+) Calcd. for C20H14N5BrCl: m/z 438.0121; δH (CDCl3) 4.80 (2H, d, CH2), 6.30 (1H, s, H6), 7.01 (1H, m, NH), 7.40 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.47 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.70 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.72 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.80 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.10 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 45.8; CH: 88.2, 127.2, 127.7, 127.7, 130.2, 130.4, 131.6, 132.9, 132.9, 144.1; C: 83.8, 112.2, 118.4, 132.0, 138.2, 141.5, 145.5, 146.0, 158.0.


Example 439



embedded image


3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (50 mg, 0.146 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129) was dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) in a GeneVac Technologies carousel reaction tube. PS-diisopropyl ethylamine resin (161 mg, 0.5828 mmoles) was added to each tube. A freshly prepared 1M solution of the appropriate amine R1NH2 in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (0.2185 mL, 0.2185 mmoles) was added to each tube and the tubes were sealed and heated at 70° C. for 78 h with magnetic stirring in the reaction block. Each tube was filtered and the resin was washed with anhydrous 1,4-dioxane and then dichloromethane. The combined individual filtrates from each tube were evaporated to dryness and the residues were each re-dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and placed in GeneVac reaction tubes. To each tube was added PS-isocyanate resin (594 mg, 0.8742 mmoles) and PS-trisamine resin (129 mg, 0.4371 mmoles) and the tubes were stirred at 25° C. for 20 h in the reaction block. The resins were filtered off and washed with anhydrous 1,4-dioxane and dichloromethane. The filtrates from each tube were evaporated to dryness and the residues were each chromatographed on a silica gel column using the column size and the eluant shown in Table 36, to give the title compounds.

TABLE 36FABMSChromatographicEx.StructureMWMH+YieldData440embedded image428.7428.081%15x2.5 cm Dichloromethane; 0.5% Methanol in dichloromethane441embedded image428.7428.048%20x2 cm Dichloromethane; 1.5% Methanol in dichloromethane442embedded image428.7428.024%15x2.5 cm Dichloromethane; 1.5% Methanol in dichloromethane443embedded image463.8463.044%15x2.2 cm Dichloromethane; 5% Methanol in dichloromethane444embedded image434.8434.163%15x2.5 cm 5% Methanol in dichloromethane445embedded image448.8448.265%15x2.5 cm 5% Methanol in dichloromethane446embedded image448.8448.140%15x2.5 cm Dichloromethane; 0.5% Methanol in dichloromethane447embedded image436.7436.172%15x2.5 cm 0.5% Methanol in dichloromethane448embedded image450.8450.053%20x2 cm Dichloromethane; 0.5% Methanol in dichloromethane449embedded image381.7381.044%20x2 cm 1.5% Methanol in dichloromethane


Additional physical data for the compounds are given below:


Example 440

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 428.0272 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H16N5BrCl: m/z 428.0278; δH (CDCl3) 3.28 (2H, dd, C5H4NCH2CH2NH—), 3.94 (2H, ddd, C5H4NCH2CH2NH—), 6.40 (1H, s, H6), 7.22-7.29 (3H, m, Ar—H), 7.38-7.44 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.68 (1H, ddd, Ar—H), 7.73 (1H, Ar—H), 8.18 (1H, s, H2) and 8.68 ppm (1H, NH); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 36.4, 41.5; CH: 87.3, 122.1, 123.6, 127.1, 130.1, 130.1, 131.6, 137.0, 143.8, 149.5; C: 83.1, 132.1, 138.9, 145.7, 146.3, 158.0, 158.1.


Example 441

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 428.0272 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H16N5BrCl: m/z 428.0278; δH (CDCl3) 3.12 (2H, dd, C5H4NCH2CH2NH—), 3.77 (2H, ddd, C5H4NCH2CH2NH—), 6.40 (1H, s, H6), 6.59 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.34 (1H, bm, Ar—H), 7.39-7.45 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.52 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.62 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H), 8.05 (1H, s, H2) and 8.63 ppm (1H, m, NH); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 32.7, 43.1; CH: 87.5, 127.2, 130.2, 130.3, 131.6, 136.4, 142.9, 148.3, 149.8; C: 83.5, 132.0, 138.6, 145.6, 145.9, 158.1.


Example 442

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 428.0275 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H16N5BrCl: m/z 428.0278; δH (CDCl3) 3.13 (2H, dd, C5H4NCH2CH2NH—), 3.80 (2H, ddd, C5H4NCH2CH2NH—), 6.42 (1H, s, H6), 6.53 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.23 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.40-7.46 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.62 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.76 (1H, m, Ar—H), 8.07 (1H, S, H2) and 8.63 ppm (1H, m, NH); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 34.7, 42.5; CH: 87.4, 124.5, 124.5, 127.2, 130.2, 130.3, 131.6, 144.0, 150.2, 150.2; C: 83.5, 132.0, 138.6, 145.6, 145.9, 146.6, 158.1.


Example 443

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 463.1003 (MH+). Calcd. for C20H25N6BrCl: m/z 463.1013; δH (CDCl3) 1.98 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2CH2NH—), 2.43 (3H, s, NCH3), 2.67 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2CH2NH—), 2.70 (8H, piperazine CH2), 3.58 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2CH2NH—), 6.32 (1H, s, H6), 7.37-7.43 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.50 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.73 (1H, m, Ar—H), 8.06 (1H, s, H2) and 8.60 ppm (1H, m, NH); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 46.1; CH2: 24.1, 42.8, 53.3, 54.6, 54.6, 57.5, 57.5; CH: 87.1, 127.0, 130.0, 130.1, 131.5, 143.4; C: 82.7, 132.1, 139.2, 145.7, 146.7, 158.0.


Example 444

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 434.0742 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H22N5N5BrCl: m/z 434.0747; δH (CDCl3) 1.72 (1H, m, CH/CH2), 1.78-1.90 (2H, m, CH/CH2), 2.02 (3H, m, CH/CH2), 2.50 (1H, m, CH/CH2), 2.45 (3H, s, NCH3), 2.51 (1H, m, CH/CH2), 3.23 (1H, m, CH/CH2), 3.54 (1H, m, CH/CH2), 3.60 (1H, m, CH/CH2), 6.32 (1H, s, H6), 7.38-7.44 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.96 (1H, bm, NH) and 8.05 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 40.7; CH2: 22.7, 29.3, 30.1, 39.4, 57.0; CH: 64.2, 87.1, 127.1, 130.0, 130.1, 131.6, 143.8; C: 82.8, 132.1, 139.1, 145.7, 146.4, 158.0.


Example 445

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 448.0910 (MH+). Calcd. for C20H24N5BrCl: m/z 448.0904; δH (CDCl3) 1.90 (4H, m, CH2), 2.00 (4H, m, CH2), 2.84 (2H, m, CH2), 2.95 (4H, m, CH2), 3.51 (2H, m, CH2), 6.32 (1H, s, H6), 7.05 (1H, bm, NH), 7.37-7.43 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.50 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.73 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.04 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 23.4, 23.4, 24.8, 26.4, 41.8, 53.9, 53.9, 55.2; CH: 87.3, 127.1, 130.1, 130.2, 131.6, 143.7; C: 83.0, 132.0, 138.9, 145.7, 146.3, 158.1.


Example 446

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 448.0548 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H20N5OBrCl: m/z 448.0540; δH (CDCl3) 1.94 (2H, m, CH2), 2.09 (2H, m, CH2), 2.49 (2H, m, CH2), 3.45 (2H, m, CH2), 3.51 (4H, m, CH2), 6.32 (1H, s, H6), 7.37-7.44 (3H, m, Ar—H/NH), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.10 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 18.0, 26.3, 30.8, 39.2, 39.9, 47.5; CH: 87.0, 127.1, 130.1, 130.1, 131.6, 144.1; C: 82.9, 132.1, 138.9, 145.6, 146.2, 157.9, 176.2.


Example 447

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 436.0532 (MH+). Calcd. for C18H20N5OBrCl: m/z 436.0540; δH (CDCl3) 2.60 (4H, bm, —N(CH2CH2)2O), 2.83 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2NH—), 3.57 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2NH—), 3.83 (4H, m, —N(CH2CH2)2O), 6.37 (1H, s, H6), 6.99 (1H, bm, NH), 7.38-7.45 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.09 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 38.2, 53.3, 53.3, 56.2, 66.9, 66.9; CH: 87.6, 127.1, 130.1, 130.2, 131.6, 143.9; C; 83.1, 132.1, 138.9, 145.7, 146.2, 158.1.


Example 448

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 450.0688 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H22N5OBrCl: m/z 450.0696; δH (CDCl3) 1.98 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2CH2NH—), 2.58 (4H, m, —N(CH2CH2)2O), 2.67 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2CH2NH—), 3.59 (2H, m, ═NCH2CH2CH2NH—), 3.94 (4H, m, —N(CH2CH2)2O), 6.31 (1H, s, H6), 7.37-7.44 (2H, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.78 (1H, m, Ar—H), 8.08 (1H, s, H2) and 8.60 ppm (1H, bm, NH); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 23.7, 42.7, 52.9, 52.9, 58.0, 66.6, 66.6; CH: 87.0, 127.1, 130.0, 130.1, 131.5, 143.6; C: 82.8, 132.1, 139.1, 145.7, 146.7, 158.0.


Example 449

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 381.0114 (MH+). Calcd. for C15H15N4OBrCl: m/z 381.0118; δH (CDCl3) 1.39 (3H, d, CHCH3), 2.76 (1H, bm, —OH), 3.71 (1H, m, ═CHCH2OH), 3.81 (1H, m, ═CHCH2OH), 3.88 (1H, m, ═CHCH2OH), 6.38 (1H, s, H6), 7.38 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.48 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.68 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.02 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 16.9; CH2: 65.0; CH: 50.0, 88.0, 127.1, 130.1, 130.3, 131.4, 143.8; C: 83.0, 132.0, 138.5, 145.6, 146.0, 158.2.


Example 450



embedded image


3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (50 mg, 0.146 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129) was dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) in a GeneVac Technologies carousel reaction tube. PS-diisopropyl ethylamine resin (161 mg, 0.5828 mmoles) was added to each tube. A freshly prepared solution of the appropriate amine R1NH2 (0.219 mmoles) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (0.3 mL) was added to each tube, with the exception of Example 99-5 in which the amine was dissolved in 10% MeOH in 1,4-dioxane (0.3 mL), and the tubes were sealed and heated at 70° C. for 74 h with magnetic stirring in the reaction block. Each tube was filtered and the resin was washed with anhydrous 1,4-dioxane and then dichloromethane. The combined individual filtrates from each tube were evaporated to dryness and the residues were each re-dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and placed in GeneVac reaction tubes. To each tube was added PS-isocyanate resin (594 mg, 0.8742 mmoles) and PS-trisamine resin (129 mg, 0.4371 mmoles) and the tubes were stirred at 25° C. for 20 h in the reaction block. The resins were filtered off and washed with anhydrous 1,4-dioxane and dichloromethane. The filtrates from each tube were evaporated to dryness and the residues were each chromatographed on a silica gel column using the column size and the eluant shown in Table 37, to give the title compounds.

TABLE 37FABMSChromatographicEx.StructureMWMH+YieldData451embedded image381.7380.966%15x2.5 cm; 0.5% Methanol in dichloromethane452embedded image381.7380.960%20x2 cm; 0.5% Methanol in dichloromethane453embedded image381.7380.969%15x2.5 cm; 0.35% Methanol in dichloromethane454embedded image381.7380.975%15x2.5 cm; 0.35% Methanol in dichloromethane455embedded image397.7397.284%15x2.5 cm; 1.5% Methanol in dichloromethane456embedded image397.7457embedded image395.7395.060%15x2.5 cm; 0.35% Methanol in dichloromethane458embedded image395.7396.350%15x2.5 cm; 0.35% Methanol in dichloromethane459embedded image395.7396.076%15x2.5 cm; 0.35% Methanol in dichloromethane


Additional physical data for the compounds are given below:


Example 451

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 381.0115 (MH+). Calcd. for C15H15N4OBrCl: m/z 381.0118; [α]D25° C.+1.4° (c=0.25, MeOH); δH (CDCl3) 1.44 (3H, d, —CHCH3), 3.77 3.89 (1H, dd, CHCH2OH), (1H, dd, CHCH2OH), 3.94 (1H, m, CHCH2OH), 6.41 (1H, s, H6), 6.58 (1H, d, NH), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.74 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.04 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 17.1; CH2: 65.5; CH: 49.9, 88.0, 127.1, 130.1, 130.2, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.2, 132.1, 138.7, 145.6, 145.8, 158.1.


Example 452

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 381.0115 (MH+). Calcd. for C15H15N4OBrCl: m/z 381.0118; [α]D25° C.+6.5° (c=0.32, MeOH); δH (CDCl3) 1.44 (3H, d, —CHCH3), 3.78 (1H, dd, CHCH2OH), 3.89 (1H, dd, CHCH2OH), 3.96 (1H, m, CHCH2OH), 6.41 (1H, s, H6), 6.58 (1H, d, NH), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.04 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 17.1; CH2: 65.5; CH: 49.9, 88.0, 127.1, 130.1, 130.3, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.2, 132.1, 138.6, 145.6, 145.8, 158.1.


Example 453

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 381.0115 (MH+). Calcd. for C15H15N4OBrCl: m/z 381.0118; [α]D25° C. +9.4° (c=0.27, MeOH); δH (CDCl3) 1.33 (3H, d, CH3), 2.25 (1H, bs, OH), 3.37 (1H, dd, CH2), 3.51 (1H, m, CH2), 4.16 (1H, m, CHOH), 6.35 (1H, s, H6), 6.93 (1H, m, NH), 7.40 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.50 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.70 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.04 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 20.8; CH2: 49.2; CH: 65.7, 87.8, 127.1, 130.1, 130.2, 131.2, 143.9; C: 83.1, 132.1, 138.5, 145.6, 146.6, 158.3.


Example 454

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 381.0112 (MH+). Calcd. for C15H15N4OBrCl: m/z 381.0118; [α]D25° C. −3.2° (c=0.29, MeOH); δH (CDCl3) 1.32 (3H, d, CH3), 2.48 (1H, bs, OH), 3.35 (1H, dd, CH2), 3.49 (1H, m, CH2), 4.15 (1H, m, CHOH), 6.34 (1H, s, H6), 6.93 (1H, m, NH), 7.39 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.49 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.68 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.03 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 20.8; CH2: 49.2; CH: 65.7, 87.7, 127.1, 130.1, 130.3, 131.4, 143.9; C: 83.0, 132.0, 138.6, 145.6, 146.6, 158.3.


Example 455

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 397.0054 (MH+). Calcd. for C15H15N4O2BrCl: m/z 397.0067; [α]D25° C. −9.5° (c=0.28, MeOH); δH (CDCl3) 3.18 (2H, bs, OH), 3.47 (1H, dd, CH2), 3.58 (1H, dd, CH2), 3.63 (1H, dd, CH2CH), 3.70 (1H, dd, CH2OH), 3.98 (1H, m, CH), 6.35 (1H, s, H6), 7.10 (1H, m, NH), 7.37 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.46 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.64 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.01 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 44.7, 64.0; CH: 69.7, 87.7, 127.0, 130.1, 130.3, 131.3, 143.9; C: 82.9, 132.0, 138.4, 145.4, 146.7, 158.3.


Example 456

This enantiomer may be prepared by essentially the same manner as described above.


Example 457

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 395.0260 (MH+). Calcd. for C16H17N4OBrCl: m/z 395.0274; [α]D25° C. −34.3° (c=0.28, MeOH); δH (CDCl3) 1.08 (3H, dd, CH3), 1.78 (1H, m, CH2), 1.86 (1H, m, CH2), 2.35 (1H, bs, CH2OH), 3.71 (1H, m, CHNH), 3.81 (1H, dd, CH2OH), 3.90 (1H, dd, CH2OH), 6.42 (1H, s, H6), 6.53 (1H, m, NH), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.04 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 10.5; CH2: 24.5, 63.7; CH: 55.9, 88.0, 127.1, 130.1, 130.2, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.2, 132.1, 138.6, 145.6, 146.3, 158.1.


Example 458

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 395.0274 (MH+). Calcd. for C16H17N4OBrCl: m/z 395.0274; [α]D25° C. +27.50 (c=0.25, MeOH); δH (CDCl3) 1.05 (3H, dd, CH3), 1.76 (1H, m, CH2), 1.85 (1H, m, CH2), 2.28 (1H, bs, CH2OH), 3.67 (1H, m, CHNH), 3.77 (1H, dd, CH2OH), 3.84 (1H, dd, CH2OH), 6.49 (1H, s, H6), 6.66 (1H, m, NH), 7.39 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.49 (1H, Ar—H), 7.71 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.04 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 10.5; CH2: 24.3, 63.3; CH: 56.1, 88.0, 127.1, 130.1, 130.3, 131.5, 143.8; C: 83.0, 132.1, 138.6, 145.6, 146.3, 158.2.


Example 459

Physical properties: HRFABMS: m/z 395.0264 (MH+). Calcd. for C16H17N4OBrCl: m/z 395.0274; δH (CDCl3) 1.77 (2H, m, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH2OH), 1.90 (1H, bm, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH2OH), 1.93 (2H, m, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH2OH), 3.54 (2H, m, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH2OH), 3.77 (2H, m, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH2OH), 6.37 (1H, s, H6), 6.72 (1H, m, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH2OH), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.75 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.06 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 25.7, 29.7, 42.2, 62.2; CH: 87.4, 127.1, 130.1, 130.2, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.1, 132.1, 138.8, 145.6, 146.3, 158.1.


Example 460
4-{[3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YLAMINO]METHYL}PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDE



embedded image


A. 4-{[3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YLAMINO]METHYL}PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLIC ACID tert-BUTYL ESTER



embedded image


3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (300 mg, 0.875 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129) was dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (6.8 mL). 4-(aminomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (225 mg, 1.05 mmoles) and diisopropyl ethylamine (0.3055 mL, 1.75 mmoles) were added and the mixture was heated at 75° C. for 24 h. The solution was evaporated to dryness and the residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using dichloromethane as the eluant to give 4-{[3-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylamino]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (461.2 mg, 100%): FABMS: m/z 520.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 520.1111 (MH+). Calcd. for C23H28N5O2BrCl: m/z 520.1115; δH (CDCl3) 1.30 (2H, m, CH2), 1.51 (9H, s, —COOC(CH3)3), 1.85 (2H, d, CH2), 1.95 (1H, m, CH), 2.76 (2H, m, CH2), 3.40 (2H, m, CH2), 6.37 (1H, s, H6), 6.55 (1H, m, NH), 7.42 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.52 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.76 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.07 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.5, 28.5, 28.5; CH2: 29.1, 29.1, 43.5, 43.5, 47.9; CH: 36.3, 87.5, 127.2, 130.2, 130.3, 131.6, 143.9; C: 79.7, 83.3, 132.1, 138.6, 145.4, 146.3, 154.7, 158.1.


B. [3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YL]PIPERIDIN-4-YLMETHYLAMINE



embedded image


4-{[3-Bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylamino]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (441 mg, 0.847 mmoles) (prepared as described in Example 460, Step A above) was dissolved in methanol (4.5 mL) and 10% (v/v) conc. sulfuric acid in 1,4-dioxane (11.46 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h. The product was worked up as described in Preparative Example 241, step B and chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using 8% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give [3-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl]piperidin-4-ylmethylamine (314.4 mg, 88%): FABMS: m/z 420.0 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 420.0585 (MH+). Calcd. for C18H20N5BrCl: m/z 420.0591; δH (CDCl3) 1.34 (2H, m, CH2), 1.86 (2H, m, CH2), 1.91 (1H, m, CH), 2.10 (1H, bm, piperidine-NH), 2.67 (2H, m, CH2), 3.18 (2H, m, CH2), 3.38 (2H, m, CH2), 6.37 (1H, s, H6), 6.53 (1H, m, NH), 7.42 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.52 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.76 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.06 ppm (1H, s Ar—H); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 31.2, 31.2, 46.2, 46.2, 48.4; CH: 36.4, 89.5, 127.1, 130.1, 130.5, 131.6, 143.8; C: 83.2, 132.1, 138.9, 145.6, 146.4, 158.1.


C. 4-{[3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YLAMINO]METHYL}PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDE



embedded image


[3-Bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl]piperidin-4-ylmethylamine (57 mg, 0.136 mmoles) (prepared as described in Example 460, Step B above) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.2 mL) and trimethylsilylisocyanate (0.091 mL, 0.679 mmoles) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2.5 h. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×2.5 cm) using 3% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 4-{[3-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylamino]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylic acid amide (53.7 mg, 86%): FABMS: m/z 463.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 463.0647 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H21N6OBrCl: m/z 463.0649; δH (d6-DMSO) 1.09 (2H, m, CH2), 1.63 (2H, m, CH2), 1.87 (1H, m, CH), 2.60 (2H, m, CH2), 3.53 (2H, bm, CONH2), 3.91 (2H, d, CH2), 6.52 (1H, s, H6), 7.50 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.62 (2H, m, Ar—H), 8.33 (1H, s, H2) and 8.52 ppm (1H, m, NH); δC (d6-DMSO)CH2: 30.1, 30.1, 44.2, 44.2, 47.7; CH: 36.4, 88.2, 128.1, 130.7, 131.4, 132.1, 147.9; C: 82.1, 132.1, 139.4, 145.7, 147.9, 158.1, 158.8.


Example 461
2-{2-[3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YLAMINO]ETHYL}PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDE



embedded image


A. 2-{2-[3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YLAMINO]ETHYL}PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLIC ACID tert-BUTYL ESTER



embedded image


3-Bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (400 mg, 1.166 mmoles) (prepared as described in Preparative Example 129) was dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5.7 mL). 2-Aminoethylpiperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (266 mg, 1.166 mmoles) and diisopropyl ethylamine (0.409 mL, 2.33 mmoles) were added and the mixture was heated at 75° C. for 48 h. Additional diisopropyl ethylamine (0.204 mL, 1.166 mmoles) was added and the heating was continued for a total of 58 h. The solution was evaporated to dryness and the residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using dichloromethane followed by 0.3% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 2-{[3-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylamino]ethyl}piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (491.1 mg, 79%): FABMS: m/z 534.1 (MH+); HRESIMS: m/z 534.12797 (MH+). Calcd. for C24H30N5O2BrCl: m/z 534.12714; δH (CDCl3) 1.50 (1H, m, CH2), 1.51 (9H, s, COOC(CH3)3), 1.57 (2H, m, CH2), 1.68 (2H, m, CH2), 1.76 (2H, m, CH2), 2.24 (1H, bm, CH2), 2.82/3.40/3.54/4.08/4.51 (5H, m, CH/CH2), 6.34 (1H, s, H6), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.76 (1H, m, Ar—H) and 8.08 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH3: 28.5, 28.5, 28.5; CH2: 19.2, 25.5, 29.2, 29.2, 39.2, 67.1; CH: ˜47.4, 87.1, 127.1, 130.1, 130.1, 131.6, 143.9; C: 80.0, 83.0, 132.1, 138.9, 145.7, 146.2, 158.0.


B. [3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YL]-(2-PIPERIDIN-2-YLETHYL)AMINE



embedded image


2-{[3-Bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylamino]ethyl}piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (465 mg, 0.869 mmoles) (prepared as described in Example 461, Step A above) was dissolved in methanol (4.5 mL) and 10% (v/v) conc. sulfuric acid in 1,4-dioxane (11.76 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The product was worked up as described in Preparative Example 241, step B and chromatographed on a silica gel column (15×5 cm) using 3.5% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give [3-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl]piperidin-2-ylethyl)amine (365.6 mg, 97%): FABMS: m/z 434.1 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 434.0726 (MH+). Calcd. for C19H22N5BrCl: m/z 434.0747; δH (CDCl3) 1.24 (1H, m, CH2), 1.41 (1H, m, CH2), 1.49 (1H, m, CH2), 1.66 (1H, m, CH2), 1.73 (1H, m, CH2), 1.81 (1H, m, CH2), 1.88 (2H, m, CH2), 2.68 (1H, m, CH2), 2.78 (1H, m, CH2), 3.20 (1H,m, CH), 3.55 (1H, m, CH2), 3.60 (1H, m, CH2), 6.32 (1H, s, H6), 7.41 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.51 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.74 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.78 (1H, m, NH) and 8.05 ppm (1H, s, H2); δC (CDCl3) CH2: 24.7, 26.8, 33.1, 35.2, 40.3, 47.0; CH: 55.7, 87.2, 127.1, 130.0, 130.1, 131.5, 143.8; C: 82.9, 132.1, 139.0, 145.7, 146.5, 158.1.


C. 2-{2-[3-BROMO-5-(2-CHLOROPHENYL)PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDIN-7-YLAMINO]ETHYL}PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDE



embedded image


[3-Bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl]piperidin-2-ylethyl)amine (200 mg, 0.46 mmoles) (prepared as described in Example 461, Step B above) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (2 mL) and trimethylsilylisocyanate (0.31 mL, 2.3 mmoles) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.25 h. Additional trimethylsilylisocyanate (0.155 mL, 1.15 mmoles) was added and the stirring was continued for a total of 3 h. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column (30×2.5 cm) using 2% (10% conc. ammonium hydroxide in methanol)-dichloromethane as the eluant to give 2-{2-[3-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylamino]ethyl}piperidine-1-carboxylic acid amide (106.3 mg, 48%): FABMS: m/z 477.0 (MH+); HRFABMS: m/z 477.0804 (MH+). Calcd. for C20H23N6OBrCl: m/z 477.0805; δH (d6-DMSO) 1.29 (1H, m, CH2), 1.52 (5H, m, CH2), 1.72 (1H, m, CH2), 2.05 (1H, m, CH2), 2.51 (2H, s, CONH2), 2.79 (1H, dd, CH), 3.31 (1H, m, CH2), 3.34 (1H, m, CH2), 3.76 (1H, m, CH2), 4.30 (1H, bm, CH2), 6.42 (1H, s, H6), 7.50 (2H, m, Ar—H), 7.60 (1H, m, Ar—H), 7.63 (1H, m, Ar—H), 8.29 (1H, s, H2) and 8.38 ppm (1H, dd, NH); δC (d6-DMSO)CH2: 18.6, 25.2, 28.2, 38.4, 38.6, 54.8; CH: 46.7, 86.6, 127.1, 129.7, 130.3, 131.0, 143.4; C: 81.2, 131.0, 138.7, 145.1, 146.4, 158.2.


Example 462



embedded image


To a solution of the compound prepared in Example 204 (1.11 g, 2.12 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (20 mL) was added TMSI (1.70 g, 8.52 mmol), dropwise at ambient temperature. After 10 minutes the acetonitrile was removed in vacuo. The resulting yellow foam was treated with 2 N HCl solution (7 mL) and then washed immediately with Et2O (5×). The pH of the aqueous was adjusted to 10 with 50% NaOH (aq) and the product was isolated by saturation of the solution with NaCl (s) followed by extraction with CH2Cl2 (5×) to give the crystalline product (733 mg, 89% yield). MH+=387; m. p.=207.5° C.


Examples 463-472

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 462 only substituting the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 38, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 38 were prepared.

TABLE 38Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD463embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 403 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, 1H), 7.65 (t, 1H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 3.26-3.21 (d, 2H), 2.96-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.05-1.78 (m, 4H).464embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 454 m.p. = 175.4° C.465embedded imageembedded imageYield = 87 MH+ = 470 m.p. = 220° C. m. pt (hydrochloride salt) = 164.3° C.466embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 464 m.p. = 206° C.467embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 411 m.p. = 169.5° C.468embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 334 m.p. = 176.2° C.469embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 465 m.p. = 250.4° C.470embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 387 m.p. = 68.5° C.471embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 387 m.p. = 59.4° C.472embedded imageembedded image1. mp = 230-232 2. M + H = 396472.10embedded imageembedded image1. mp = 157-160 2. M + H = 427


Example 473

Step A:
embedded image


A solution of the sulfonic acid (560 mg, 1.17 mmol) in 5 mL of dry DMF was cooled to 0° C. and SOCl2 (278 mg, 2.34 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was brought to RT and stirred overnight. The next day the contents were poured on ice and the pH was carefully adjusted to 8. The product was extracted in to EtOAc and the solvent was removed after drying (Na2SO4) to provide 240 mg (41%) of the crude sulfonyl chloride which was used for the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.20-8.10 (m, 1H), 8.10-7.95 (m, 3H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.95 (t, 1H), 4.85 (d, 2H).


Step B:
embedded image


A solution of compound prepared in Example 473, Step A (120 mg, 0.24 mmol) in 10 mL of THF was treated with 2 mL of 1 M MeNH2 (2.00 mmol) in THF at RT overnight. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, hexane:EtOAc (4:1→1:1)) to provide 56 mg (48%) of the sulfonamide. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 9.05 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.90 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.25 (m, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 4.80 (d, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H) LCMS: MH+=492.1


Example 474



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 473, only substituting dimethylamine, the above compound was prepared. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.14 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.34-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.93 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 4.75 (d, 2H), 2.70 (s, 6H) LCMS: MH+=504.2


Example 475



embedded image


A mixture of the compound prepared in Example 129 (300 mg, 0.66 mmol), NaOH (5 g), CH3OH—H2O (100 mL, 90:10) was stirred at 25 C for about 15 h. Progress of hydrolysis was checked by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated to remove methanol. The concentrate was diluted with 50 mL water, and extracted with ether to remove any un-reacted ester. Aqueous solution, thus obtained, was neutralized with 3 N HCl to pH 4 to obtain free acid, filtered and washed repeatedly with water. The acid was dried under vacuum (270 mg, 93%) and used without further purification.


Example 476-479

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 475 only substituting the compounds in Column 2 of Table 39, the compounds in Column 3 of Table 39 were prepared.

TABLE 39Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD476embedded imageembedded imageYield = 82% LCMS: MH+ = 365477embedded imageembedded imageYield = 82% LCMS: MH+ = 379478embedded imageembedded imageYield = 72% LCMS: MH+ = 393479embedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% LCMS: MH+ = 407


Additional data for select examples shown below:


Example 476: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (m, 2H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.2 (d, 2H).


Example 477: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 3.8 (dt, 2H), 2.6 (t, 2H).


Example 479: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 3.5 (dt, 2H), 2.4 (t, 2H), 1.8 (m, 4H).


Example 480



embedded image


A mixture of the acid from Example 475 (85 mg, 0.193 mmol) and Et3N (20 mg, 0.193 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was stirred at 25 C for 15 min. Isobutyryl chloroformate (28 mg, 0.205 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 10 min followed by addition of NH4OH solution (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr and concentrated to dryness. The dry mass was purified by column chromatography.


Examples 481-509

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 480 only substituting the carboxylic acid shown in Column 2 of Table 40 and the amine shown in Column 3 of Table 40, the compounds shown in Column 4 of Table 40 were prepared.

TABLE 40Ex.Column 2Column 3Column 4CMPD481embedded imageCH3NH2embedded imageYield =88% LCMS: MH+ =454482embedded image(CH3)2NHembedded imageYield = 80% LCMS MH+ =468483embedded imageCH3NH2embedded imageYield = 70% LCMS MH+ =454.484embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 75% LCMS MH+ =482.1485embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 71% LCMS MH+ =480.1486embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 75% LCMS MH+ =494.1487embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 75% MH+ =494.1488embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 75% MH+ =496.1489embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 75% LCMS MH+ =508.1490embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 78% LCMS MH+ =524.1491embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 73% LCMS MH+ =508.1492embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 73% LCMS MH+ =510.1493embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 76% LCMS MH+ =526.1494embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 76% MH+ =523.1495embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 76% MH+ =523.1496embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 51% LCMS MH+ =484.1497embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 68% MH+ =537.1498embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 76% LCMS MH+ =551.2499embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 79% LCMS MH+ =552.1500embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 80% MH+ =549.1501embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 80% LCMS MH+ =478.1502embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 80% LCMH+ =468.1503embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 80% MH+ =522.1504embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 82% LCMS MH+ =528.1505embedded imageCH3NH2embedded imageYield = 60% MH+ =392506embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 60% LCMH+ =448.1507embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 70% MH+ =464.1508embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageYield = 50% LCMS MH+ =436.1508. 10embedded imageCH3NH2embedded imageYield =92 MH+ =577


Additional data for select examples given below:


Example 481: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.95 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.25 (bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.0 (d, 3H).


Example 482: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.7 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H).


Example 483: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.8 (bs, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.5-7.3 (m, 3H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.75 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.2 (bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.0 (d, 3H).


Example 484: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.0 bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 1.2 (d, 6H).


Example 485: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.3 (t, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 0.8 (bt, 2H), 0.6 (bt, 2H).


Example 486: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.2 (t, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.3 (dd, 2H), 1.05 (m, 1H), 0.5 (m, 2H), 0.25 (m, 2H).


Example 487: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.85 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.2 (bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.75 (m, 2H).


Example 488: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.5 (t, 1H), 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 5.9 (bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 1.4 (s, 9H).


Example 489: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.0 bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (m, 2H).


Example 490: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.5 (bs, 2H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 3.9-3.7 (m, 3H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.0-1.9 (m, 4H).


Example 491: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.7 (bs, 2H), 3.3 (bs, 2H), 1.7 (bs, 4H), 1.5 (bs, 2H).


Example 492: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.85 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.8-3.4 (bm, 8H).


Example 493: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.80 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 2.8-2.45 (m, 4H).


Example 494: 1H NMR (CH3OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.0 (dt, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.80 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.7 (bs, 2H), 3.4 (bs, 2H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 4H), 2.2 (s, 3H).


Example 495: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.80 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.75 (bs, 2H), 3.35 (bs, 2H), 2.4 (bs, 2H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.2 (bs, 2H).


Example 496: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.9 (dt, 1H), 7.8 (t, 1H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.15 (m, 4H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (dd, 1H), 6.2 (s, 1H), 4.5 (d, 2H), 3.6 (t, 2H), 3.3 (dt, 2H).


Example 497: 1H NMR (CH3OD) δ 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.9 (dt, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.3 (dd, 1H), 7.2 (dd, 1H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.5 (t, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.6 (bs, 4H), 1.8 (bs, 4H).


Example 498: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.5 (t, 1H), 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.7-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 1.9-1.6 (m, 6H).


Example 499: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.5 (dt, 2H), 2.6 (t, 2H), 2.5 (m, 4H).


Example 500: 1H NMR (CH3OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.9 (dt, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 4.75 (d, 2H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 3.4-2.8 (m, 7H), 1.9-1.6 (m, 4H).


Example 501: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.05 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.4 (t, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 4.2 (d, 2H), 2.3 (bs, 1H).


Example 502: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.3 (dd, 1H), 7.1(dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.1(bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 2H), 3.5 (dq, 2H), 1.2 (t, 3H).


Example 503: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 6.9 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.4 (t, 1H), 4.75 (d, 2H), 4.1 (m, 2H).


Example 504: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 6.6 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.3 (t, 3H).


Example 505: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 3.0 (d, 3H).


Example 506: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 6H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H).


Example 507: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.15 (dt, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 3.9 (t, 2H), 3.8 (dt, 2H), 3.7 (t, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H).


Example 508: 1H NMR (CH3OD) δ 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.95 (dt, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.2 (m, 2H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.4 (t, 2H), 2.05 (dt, 2H).


Example 509



embedded image


A solution of NaOH (59 mg, 1.47 mmol) in 1 mL of water was added to a suspension of NH2OH.HCl (102 mg, 1.47 mmol) in 10 mL of methanol at 0° C. After 5 min, the compound prepared in Example 210.10 (208 mg, 0.49 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was evaporated. The resulting crude amidoxime was suspended in trimethyl orthoformate containing catalytic amount of PTS acid and refluxed overnight. The solvent was removed and the residue was taken up in EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was washed with aq NaHCO3 followed by water and brine. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, hexane:EtOAc (1:1)) to provide 80 mg (35%) of the oxadiazole. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.10 (m, 3H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 1H), 6.80 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H).


LCMS: MH+=465.2


Example 510



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 509 only substituting the compound prepared in Preparative Example 192, the above compound was prepared. yield=75; MH+=453; m. p.=79.3° C.


Example 511



embedded image


A mixture of the nitrile (235 mg, 0.56 mmol) and Me3SnN3 (343 mg, 1.67 mmol) in 20 mL of dry toluene was refluxed for 2 days under Ar. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in dry methanol. HCl gas was bubbled through the solution for 15 min and the reaction mixture allowed to stand at overnight at RT. The next day, the solvent was removed, the residue was taken in water and the pH was adjusted to 5. The precipitated product was extracted into EtOAc. Evaporation of the EtOAc layer after drying (Na2SO4) provided the residue which was purified by chromatography (silica, DCM:MeOH (98:2→95:5)) to yield 50 mg (19%) of the pure tetrazole. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (t, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H); LCMS: MH+=465.0


Example 512



embedded image


By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 511 only substituting the compound prepared in Example 192, the above compound was prepared. Yield=64; MH+=453; m. p.=238.9° C.


Example 513



embedded image


The compound prepared in Example 157 was dissolved in dioxane (30 mL) and a HCl-dioxane solution (4 M, 30 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added. The organic solution was washed with 1 N sodium hydroxide followed by saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. MH+=442.1


Example 514-526

By essentially the same procedure set forth in Example 513, only substituting the compounds shown in Column 2 of Table 41, the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 41 were prepared.

TABLE 41Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD514embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =420.1515embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =442.1516embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =380.1517embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =406.1518embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =380.1519embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =394.1520embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =366  521embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =394  522embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =408.1523embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =420.1524embedded imageembedded image525embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =420.1526embedded imageembedded imageMH+ =428.1526.10embedded imageembedded image


Examples 528-564

General Procedure for 5-piperidinyl Parallel Library Formation:


To a mixture of the starting material (80 mg, 0.21 mmol) shown in Column 2 of Table 42 in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) was added DIPEA (75 μL, 0.42 mmol) and the appropriate capping reagent (1.1 equiv., 0.23 mmol). After 1 to 2 h, the reaction mixture was applied to 1000 micron preparatory TLC plate and was subsequently developed using a 8-10% EtOH—CH2Cl2 as eluent to afford the compounds shown in Column 3 of Table 42.

TABLE 42Ex.Column 2Column 3CMPD528embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 608 m.p. = 230.1° C.529embedded imageembedded imageYield = 82 MH+ = 614 m.p. = 235.4° C.530embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 486 m.p. = 60.5° C.531embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 500 m.p. = 113.6° C.532embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 430 m.p. = 158.3-159.2° C.533embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 531 m.p. = 105.9° C.534embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 486535embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 500536embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 430537embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 531538embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 486 m.p. = 69.6° C.539embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 500 m.p. = 82.3° C.540embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 430 m.p. = 223.6° C.541embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 531 m.p. = 118.1° C.542embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 455 m.p. = 109-110° C.543embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 429 m.p. = 111.5° C.544embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 455545embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 429546embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 455 m.p. = 80.1° C.547embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 429 m.p. = 64.7° C.548embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 494 m.p. = 76.5° C.549embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 493 m.p. = 83.6° C.550embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 465 m.p. = 207.5° C.551embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 494552embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 493553embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 465554embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 481 m.p. = 102.7° C.555embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 494 m.p. = 85.3° C.556embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 493 m.p. = 89.1° C.557embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 465 m.p. = 83.8° C.558embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant. MH+ = 443 m.p. = 98.3° C. (HCl salt)559embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 454560embedded imageembedded imageYield = quant. MH+ = 429 m.p. = 111.5-112.6° C.561embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 460 m.p. = 122.7° C.562embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 460 m.p. = 95.4° C.563embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 460564embedded imageembedded imageMH+ = 460 m.p. = 95.4° C.


Additional data for select examples given below.


Example 534: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.66-8.62 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.58 (d, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (dd, 1H), 6.66-6.62 (t, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 4.65-4.62 (d, 2H), 3.86-3.82 (d, 1H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.12 (dd, 4H), 3.02-2.80 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.57 (m, 3H).


Example 535: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.66-8.62 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.58 (d, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.67 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.30 (dd, 1H), 6.70-6.64 (t, 1H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 4.63-4.61 (d, 2H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.61 (m, 4H), 3.27-3.23 (m, 4H), 3.10-3.01 (dd, 1H), 2.93-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.57 (m, 4H).


Example 536: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.58 (d, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.30 (dd, 1H), 6.79-6.72 (t, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 4.86 (br s, 2H), 4.66-4.63 (d, 2H), 3.89-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.53 (m, 2H).


Example 537: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.58 (d, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.76 (t, 1H), 7.72-7.69 (d, 1H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.29 (dd, 1H), 6.83-6.79 (t, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 4.67-4.64 (d, 2H), 3.98-3.93 (dd, 1H), 3.79-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.56 (m, 3H).


Example 544: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.66-8.62 (d, 1H), 8.61-8.58 (dd, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.67 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.30 (dd, 1H), 6.80-6.62 (br s, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 3.08-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.52-1.44 (m, 1H), 0.87-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.66 (m, 2H).


Example 545: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.58 (br t, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.68 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.30 (br t, 1H), 6.79-6.72 (br t, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 4.64 (br s, 2H), 4.59-4.46 (br d, 1H), 3.95-3.74 (br m, 1H), 3.57-3.49 (dd, 1H), 3.10-3.01 (dd, 1H), 2.86-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 2.06-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.48 (m, 2H).


Example 551: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.63-8.59 (d, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.30 (dd, 1H), 6.69-6.64 (t, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.67-4.63 (d, 2H), 3.85 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.18 (dd, 1H), 3.03-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 6H), 2.03-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.68 (m, 3H).


Example 552: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.59 (d, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (dd, 1H), 6.67-6.60 (t, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 4.67-4.63 (d, 2H), 3.92-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.30 (dd, 1H), 3.27-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.10-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.78(m, 3H), 1.40-1.30 (d, 6H).


Example 553: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.62 (br s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (dd, 1H), 6.70-6.66 (t, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 4.67-4.63 (d, 2H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.11 (dd, 1H), 3.02-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.01-1.80 (m, 3H).


Example 559: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.66-8.60 (d, 1H), 8.50-8.44 (dd, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.40 (dd, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 4.80-7.74 (s, 2H), 4.32-4.19 (br d, 2H), 3.10-2.86 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.68 (m, 4H).


Example 563: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.58 (d, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.68 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.30 (dd, 1H), 6.96-6.86 (br s, 1H), 6.79-6.74 (t, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.67-4.64 (d, 2H), 4.37-4.30 (dd, 1H), 4.22-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.86 (dd, 1H), 3.73-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.14 (d, 3H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.20-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.48 (m, 2H).


GENERAL PROCEDURE 1: Procedure for the Amide Formation Parallel Synthesis:
embedded image


Parallel synthesis was conducted in polypropylene 96-well reaction blocks with removable top seal and fixed bottom seal. Each reaction well was fitted with a 20 micron polypropylene bottom frit and the maximum volume was 3 mL. Collection block was not fitted with bottom frit. To each reaction well was added a solution of an amine (0.021 mmol) dissolved in a DMF-THF-MeCN mixture (4:3:3 v/v, 0.95 mL), EDC resin (P-EDC, Polymer Laboratories Ltd., 43 mg, 0.063 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt, 5.67 mg, 0.042 mmol) and a solution of a carboxylic acid in dimethylformamide (1 M, 0.0315 mL, 0.0315 mmol). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h. The crude product solution was filtered into a reaction well loaded with trisamine resin (P—NH2, Argonaut Tech. Inc., 30 mg, 0.126 mmol) and isocyanate resin (P—NCO, Argonaut Tech. Inc., 35 mg, 0.063 mmol). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h and filtered into the collection block. The product solution was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the desired amide product.


GENERAL PROCEDURE 2: Procedure for the Sulfonamide Formation Parallel Synthesis
embedded image


Parallel synthesis was conducted in polypropylene 96-well reaction blocks with removable top seal and fixed bottom seal. Each reaction well was fitted with a 20 micron polypropylene bottom frit and the maximum volume was 3 mL. Collection block was not fitted with bottom frit. To each reaction well was added a solution of an amine (0.021 mmol) dissolved in a DMF-THF-MeCN mixture (3:2:2 v/v, 0.95 mL), DIEA resin (P-DIEA, Argonaut Tech. Inc., 18 mg, 0.063 mmol) and a solution of a sulfonyl chloride in dimethylformamide (1 M, 0.0315 mL, 0.0315 mmol). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h. The crude product solution was filtered into a reaction well loaded with trisamine resin (P—NH2, Argonaut Tech. Inc., 30 mg, 0.126 mmol) and isocyanate resin (P—NCO, Argonaut Tech. Inc., 35 mg, 0.063 mmol). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h and filtered into the collection block. The product solution was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the desired sulfonamide product.


GENERAL PROCEDURE 3: Procedure for the Urea Formation Parallel Synthesis
embedded image


Parallel synthesis was conducted in polypropylene 96-well reaction blocks with removable top seal and fixed bottom seal. Each reaction well was fitted with a 20 micron polypropylene bottom frit and the maximum volume was 3 mL. Collection block was not fitted with bottom frit. To each reaction well was added a solution of an amine (0.021 mmol) dissolved in a DMF-MeCN mixture (1:1 v/v, 0.95 mL) and a solution of an isocyanate in dichloromethane (0.33 M, 0.126 mL, 0.042 mmol). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h. The crude product solution was filtered into a reaction well loaded with trisamine resin (P—NH2, Argonaut Tech. Inc., 30 mg, 0.126 mmol) and isocyanate resin (P—NCO, Argonaut Tech. Inc., 35 mg, 0.063 mmol). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h and filtered into the collection block. The product solution was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the desired urea product.


GENERAL PROCEDURE 4: Procedure for the Reductive Alkylation Parallel Synthesis
embedded image


Parallel synthesis was conducted in polypropylene 96-well reaction blocks with removable top seal and fixed bottom seal. Each reaction well was fitted with a 20 micron polypropylene bottom frit and the maximum volume was 3 mL. Collection block was not fitted with bottom frit. To each reaction well was added a solution of an amine (0.021 mmol) dissolved in AcOH-DCE mixture (1:99 v/v, 0.5 mL), a solution of an aldehyde or ketone in dichloroethane (1 M, 0.147 mL, 0.147 mmol), and a solution of tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride (11 mg, 0.042 mmol) dissolved in AcOH-DCE mixture 1:99 v/v, 0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 3 days. The crude product solution was filtered into a reaction well loaded with sulfonic acid resin Lanterns (P—SO3H, MimotopesPty Ltd., 0.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 2 h and decanted. The product resin Lanterns were washed with methanol (1 mL) for three times. A solution of ammonia in methanol (2 M, 1.2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 30 min. and filtered into the collection block. The product solution was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the desired tertiary amine product.


GENERAL PROCEDURE 5: Procedure for the Parallel Synthesis of 7,N-substituted pyrazolo[1,5a]pyrimidines
embedded image


To 3-bromo-7-chloro-5-(2-chloro-phenyl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (9.0 mg, 0.03 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran were added di-iso-propylethylamine (12 μL, 0.07), followed by cyclopropylmethylamine (70 μL, 0.07 mmol; 1M solution in DMF). The reaction mixture was heated to 70° C. for 36 h and then cooled to rt. The mixture was treated with (P—NCO, Argonaut Tech. Inc 70 mg, 0.12 mmol), and P—CO3 (Argonaut Tech. Inc 70 mg, 0.24 mmol) and shaken at rt for 12-18 h. The solution was filtered and evaporated to dryness to provide the product. observed m/z 375.21.


GENERAL PROCEDURE 6: Procedure for the Parallel Synthesis of 5,N-substituted pyrazolo[1,5a]pyrimidines


General Protocols:


Parallel synthesis was performed in a 96 well polypropylene blocks as described elsewhere. In the instance that heating was required, reactions were conducted in 2.5 mL glass tubes individually sealed with a polypropylene mat and heating achieved by a 96 well heat transfer block.
embedded image

Step A:


To the 3-bromo-5-chloro-7-N-Boc-alkylamino-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (17 mg, 0.04 mmol) in p-dioxane were added DIEA (9 μL, 0.05), followed by cyclopropyl-methylamine (80 μL, 0.08 mmol; 1M solution in isopropanol). The reaction mixture was heated to 90° C. for 36 h and then cooled to rt. The mixture was treated with P—NCO (Argonaut Tech. Inc. 70 mg, 0.12 mmol) and P—CO3 (ArgonautTech. Inc. 70 mg, 0.24 mmol) and shaken at rt for 12-18 h. The solution was filtered and evaporated to dryness to provide the product.


Step B (Acidic):


The product from STEP A was taken up in 35% TFA/DCM and agitated for 4 h followed by concentration under high vacuum. The residue was treated with 10% HCl(aq) in MeOH agitated for 2 h and then concentrated to give the desired product. observed m/z 375.21.


Step B (basic):


The product from step A was taken up in EtOH and treated with Ambersep® 900-OH ion exchange resin (Acros, 100 mg), heated at reflux for 48 h with gently stirring. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, filtered and concentrated to provide the desired product.


Example 565

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 462 shown below, the compounds with the observed m/z shown in Table 43 were prepared.
embedded image


Example 566

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 471 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 44 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 567

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 515 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 45 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 568

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 513 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 46 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 569

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 526 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 47 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 570

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 524 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 48 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 571

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 525 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 49 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 572

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 526.10 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 50 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 573

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 518 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 51 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 574

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 519 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 52 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 575

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 520 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 53 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 576

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 522 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 54 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 577

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 1 and the compound from Example 523 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 55 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 578

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 462 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 56 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 579

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 471 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 57 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 580

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 515 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 58 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 581

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 513 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 59 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 582

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 513 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 60 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 583

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 524 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 61 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 584

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 525 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 62 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 585

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 526.10 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 63 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 586

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 518 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 64 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 587

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 519 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 65 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 588

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 520 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 67 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 589

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 521 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 68 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 590

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 2 and the compound from Example 523 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 69 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 591

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 462 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 70 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 592

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 471 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 71 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 593

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 513 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 72 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 594

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 524 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 73 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 595

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 524 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 74 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 596

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 519 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 75 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 597

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 520 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 76 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 598

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 521 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 77 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 599

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 3 and the compound from Example 523 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 78 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 600

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 4 and the compound from Example 462 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 79 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 601

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 4 and the compound from Example 471 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 80 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 602

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 4 and the compound from Example 525 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 81 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 603

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 4 and the compound from Example 526.10 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 82 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 604

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 4 and the compound from Example 521 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 83 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 605

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 4 and the compound from Example 523 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 84 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 606

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 5 and the compound from Preparative Example 81 shown below, the compounds shown in Table 85 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image


Example 607

By utilizing the procedure set forth in General Procedure 6 and the compound from Preparative Example 196, the compounds shown in Table 86 with the observed m/z were prepared.
embedded image

Assay:


BACULOVIRUS CONSTRUCTIONS: Cyclins A and E were cloned into pFASTBAC (Invitrogen) by PCR, with the addition of a GluTAG sequence (EYMPME) at the amino-terminal end to allow purification on anti-GluTAG affinity columns. The expressed proteins were approximately 46 kDa (cyclin E) and 50 kDa (cyclin A) in size. CDK2 was also cloned into pFASTBAC by PCR, with the addition of a haemaglutinin epitope tag at the carboxy-terminal end (YDVPDYAS). The expressed protein was approximately 34 kDa in size.


ENZYME PRODUCTION: Recombinant baculoviruses expressing cyclins A, E and CDK2 were infected into SF9 cells at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 5, for 48 hrs. Cells were harvested by centrifugation at 1000 RPM for 10 minutes. Cyclin-containing (E or A) pellets were combined with CDK2 containing cell pellets and lysed on ice for 30 minutes in five times the pellet volume of lysis buffer containing 50 mM Tris pH 8.0, 0.5% NP40, 1 mM DTT and protease/phosphatase inhibitors (Roche Diagnostics GmbH, Mannheim, Germany). Mixtures were stirred for 30-60 minutes to promote cyclin-CDK2 complex formation. Mixed lysates were then spun down at 15000 RPM for 10 minutes and the supernatant retained. 5 ml of anti-GluTAG beads (for one liter of SF9 cells) were then used to capture cyclin-CDK2 complexes. Bound beads were washed three times in lysis buffer. Proteins were competitively eluted with lysis buffer containing 100-200 ug/mL of the GluTAG peptide. Eluate was dialyzed overnight in 2 liters of kinase buffer containing 50 mM Tris pH 8.0, 1 mM DTT, 10 mM MgCl2, 100 uM sodium orthovanadate and 20% glycerol. Enzyme was stored in aliquots at −70° C.


IN VITRO KINASE ASSAY: CDK2 kinase assays (either cyclin A or E-dependent) were performed in low protein binding 96-well plates (Corning Inc, Corning, N.Y.). Enzyme was diluted to a final concentration of 50 ug/ml in kinase buffer containing 50 mM Tris pH 8.0, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM DTT, and 0.1 mM sodium orthovanadate. The substrate used in these reactions was a biotinylated peptide derived from Histone H1 (from Amersham, UK). The substrate was thawed on ice and diluted to 2 uM in kinase buffer. Compounds were diluted in 10% DMSO to desirable concentrations. For each kinase reaction, 20 ul of the 50 ug/ml enzyme solution (1 ug of enzyme) and 20 ul of the 1 uM substrate solution were mixed, then combined with 10 ul of diluted compound in each well for testing. The kinase reaction was started by addition of 50 ul of 4 uM ATP and 1 uCi of 33P-ATP (from Amersham, UK). The reaction was allowed to run for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was stopped by adding 200 ul of stop buffer containing 0.1% Triton X-100, 1 mM ATP, 5 mM EDTA, and 5 mg/ml streptavidine coated SPA beads (from Amersham, UK) for 15 minutes. The SPA beads were then captured onto a 96-well GF/B filter plate (Packard/Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) using a Filtermate universal harvester (Packard/Perkin Elmer Life Sciences.). Non-specific signals were eliminated by washing the beads twice with 2M NaCl then twice with 2 M NaCl with 1% phosphoric acid. The radioactive signal was then measured using a TopCount 96 well liquid scintillation counter (from Packard/Perkin Elmer Life Sciences).


IC50 DETERMINATION: Dose-response curves were plotted from inhibition data generated, each in duplicate, from 8 point serial dilutions of inhibitory compounds. Concentration of compound was plotted against % kinase activity, calculated by CPM of treated samples divided by CPM of untreated samples. To generate IC50 values, the dose-response curves were then fitted to a standard sigmoidal curve and IC50 values were derived by nonlinear regression analysis. The thus obtained IC50 values for the compounds of the invention are shown in Table 87. These kinase activities were generated by using cyclin A or cyclin E using the above-described assay.

TABLE 87IC50CMPDExample(μM)embedded image10.020 0.029embedded image30.032 0.024embedded image40.011embedded image50.021embedded image80.003embedded image60.064 0.029embedded image70.01 0.006embedded image10 0.042embedded image12 0.17embedded image16 0.62embedded image15.6embedded image30.14


As demonstrated above by the assay values, the compounds of the present invention exhibit excellent CDK inhibitory properties.


While the present invention has been described with in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and other variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.

LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00001Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00002Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00003Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00004Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00005Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00006Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00007Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00008Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00009Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00010Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00011Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00012Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00013Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00014Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00015Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00016Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00017Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00018Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00019Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00020Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00021Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00022Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00023Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00024Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00025Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00026Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00027Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00028Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00029Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00030Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00031Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00032Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00033Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00034Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00035Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00036Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00037Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00038Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00039Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00040Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00041Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00042Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLE REFERENCED HEREUS20070054906A1-20070308-T00043Please refer to the end of the specification for access instructions.
LENGTHY TABLEThe patent application contains a lengthy table section. A copy of the table is available in electronic form from the USPTO web site (). An electronic copy of the table will also be available from the USPTO upon request and payment of the fee set forth in 37 CFR 1.19(b)(3).

Claims
  • 1. A compound represented by the structural formula:
  • 2. A method of inhibiting one or more cyclin dependent kinases, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1.
  • 3. A method of treating one or more diseases associated with cyclin dependent kinase by inhibiting one or more cyclin dependent kinases, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 to a patient in need of such treatment.
  • 4. The method of claim 3, wherein said treatment is by inhibiting CDK2.
  • 5. The method of claim 3, wherein said treatment is by inhibiting CDK1.
  • 6. The method of claim 3, wherein said cyclin dependent kinase is glycogen synthase kinase 3 beta (GSK3beta).
  • 7. The method of claim 3, wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of: cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung, small cell lung cancer, esophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, and skin, including squamous cell carcinoma; leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma; acute and chronic myelogenous leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia; fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma; astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannomas; melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • 8. A method of treating one or more diseases associated with cyclin dependent kinase, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, said second compound being an anti-cancer agent; wherein the amounts of the first compound and said second compound result in a therapeutic effect.
  • 9. The method of claim 8, further comprising radiation therapy.
  • 10. The method of claim 8, wherein said anti-cancer agent is selected from the group consisting of a cytostatic agent, cisplatin, doxorubicin, taxotere, taxol, etoposide, CPT-11, irinotecan, camptostar, topotecan, paclitaxel, docetaxel, epothilones, tamoxifen, 5-fluorouracil, methoxtrexate, 5FU, temozolomide, cyclophosphamide, SCH 66336, R115777, L778,123, BMS 214662, Iressa, Tarceva, antibodies to EGFR, Gleevec, intron, ara-C, adriamycin, cytoxan, gemcitabine, Uracil mustard, Chlormethine, Ifosfamide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman, Triethylenemelamine, Triethylenethiophosphoramine, Busulfan, Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin, Dacarbazine, Floxuridine, Cytarabine, 6-Mercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, oxaliplatin, leucovirin, ELOXATIN™, Pentostatine, Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, Mithramycin, Deoxycoformycin, Mitomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Teniposide 17α-Ethinylestradiol, Diethylstilbestrol, Testosterone, Prednisone, Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate, Testolactone, Megestrolacetate, Methylprednisolone, Methyltestosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene, Hydroxyprogesterone, Aminoglutethimide, Estramustine, Medroxyprogesteroneacetate, Leuprolide, Flutamide, Toremifene, goserelin, Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea, Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone, Levamisole, Navelbene, CPT-11, Anastrazole, Letrazole, Capecitabine, Reloxafine, Droloxafine, or Hexamethylmelamine.
  • 11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 in combination with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 12. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 9, additionally comprising one or more anti-cancer agents selected from the group consisting of cytostatic agent, cisplatin, doxorubicin, taxotere, taxol, etoposide, CPT-11, irinotecan, camptostar, topotecan, paclitaxel, docetaxel, epothilones, tamoxifen, 5-fluorouracil, methoxtrexate, 5FU, temozolomide, cyclophosphamide, SCH 66336, R115777, L778,123, BMS 214662, Iressa, Tarceva, antibodies to EGFR, Gleevec, intron, ara-C, adriamycin, cytoxan, gemcitabine, Uracil mustard, Chlormethine, Ifosfamide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman, Triethylenemelamine, Triethylenethiophosphoramine, Busulfan, Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin, Dacarbazine, Floxuridine, Cytarabine, 6-Mercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, Pentostatine, Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, Mithramycin, Deoxycoformycin, Mitomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Teniposide 17α-Ethinylestradiol, Diethylstilbestrol, Testosterone, Prednisone, Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate, Testolactone, Megestrolacetate, Methylprednisolone, Methyltestosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene, Hydroxyprogesterone, Aminoglutethimide, Estramustine, Medroxyprogesteroneacetate, Leuprolide, Flutamide, Toremifene, goserelin, Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea, Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone, Levamisole, Navelbene, CPT-11, Anastrazole, Letrazole, Capecitabine, Reloxafine, Droloxafine, or Hexamethylmelamine.
  • 13. A method of treating a cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1.
  • 14. The method of claim 13, wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of: cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung, small cell lung cancer, esophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, and skin, including squamous cell carcinoma; leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma; acute and chronic myelogenous leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia; fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma; astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannomas; melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • 15. A method of treating a cancer, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, said second compound being an anti-cancer agent; wherein the amounts of the first compound and said second compound result in a therapeutic effect.
  • 16. The method of claim 15, further comprising radiation therapy.
  • 17. The method of claim 15, wherein said anti-cancer agent is selected from the group consisting of a cytostatic agent, cisplatin, doxorubicin, taxotere, taxol, etoposide, CPT-11, irinotecan, camptostar, topotecan, paclitaxel, docetaxel, epothilones, tamoxifen, 5-fluorouracil, methoxtrexate, 5FU, temozolomide, cyclophosphamide, SCH 66336, R115777, L778,123, BMS 214662, Iressa, Tarceva, antibodies to EGFR, Gleevec, intron, ara-C, adriamycin, cytoxan, gemcitabine, Uracil mustard, Chlormethine, Ifosfamide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman, Triethylenemelamine, Triethylenethiophosphoramine, Busulfan, Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin, Dacarbazine, Floxuridine, Cytarabine, 6-Mercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, oxaliplatin, leucovirin, ELOXATIN™, Pentostatine, Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, Mithramycin, Deoxycoformycin, Mitomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Teniposide 17α-Ethinylestradiol, Diethylstilbestrol, Testosterone, Prednisone, Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate, Testolactone, Megestrolacetate, Methylprednisolone, Methyltestosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene, Hydroxyprogesterone, Aminoglutethimide, Estramustine, Medroxyprogesteroneacetate, Leuprolide, Flutamide, Toremifene, goserelin, Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea, Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone, Levamisole, Navelbene, CPT-11, Anastrazole, Letrazole, Capecitabine, Reloxafine, Droloxafine, or Hexamethylmelamine.
Parent Case Info

This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/654,546, filed Sep. 3, 2003, and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/408,027, filed Sep. 4, 2002 and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/421,959, filed Oct. 29, 2002.

Provisional Applications (2)
Number Date Country
60421959 Oct 2002 US
60408027 Sep 2002 US
Divisions (1)
Number Date Country
Parent 10654546 Sep 2003 US
Child 11396001 Mar 2006 US